VIDEO UPDATE INC
S-3, 1996-07-11
VIDEO TAPE RENTAL
Previous: VIDEO UPDATE INC, 10KSB40, 1996-07-11
Next: INTEG INCORP, SC 13D, 1996-07-11



<PAGE>
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 11, 1996
 
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             450 FIFTH STREET, N.W.
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------
 
                                    FORM S-3
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                           --------------------------
 
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>                                       <C>
               DELAWARE                                    5735                                   41-1461110
   (State or other jurisdiction of             (Primary Standard Industrial                    (I.R.S. Employer
    incorporation or organization)             Classification Code Number)                   Identification No.)
</TABLE>
 
                           --------------------------
 
             DANIEL A. POTTER, CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                            3100 WORLD TRADE CENTER
                             30 EAST SEVENTH STREET
                           ST. PAUL, MINNESOTA 55101
                                 (612) 222-0006
                            FACSIMILE (612) 297-6629
       (Address and telephone number of registrant's principal executive
      offices and name, address and telephone number of agent for service)
                           --------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
        BRUCE J. PARKER, Esquire                 PAUL D. BROUDE, Esquire
       JAMES C. MELVILLE, Esquire              LAWRENCE H. GENNARI, Esquire
   KAPLAN, STRANGIS AND KAPLAN, P.A.            O'CONNOR, BROUDE & ARONSON
          5500 Norwest Center                 950 Winter Street, Suite 2300
        90 South Seventh Street                Waltham, Massachusetts 02154
      Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402                    (617) 890-6600
             (612) 375-1138                      Facsimile (617) 890-9261
        Facsimile (612) 375-1143
 
                           --------------------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
                           --------------------------
 
    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, as amended, check the following box. /X/
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  PROPOSED MAXIMUM      PROPOSED MAXIMUM
         TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                AMOUNT TO           OFFERING PRICE          AGGREGATE             AMOUNT OF
      SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED         BE REGISTERED (1)(2)     PER SHARE (3)       OFFERING PRICE (3)     REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                       <C>                   <C>                   <C>                   <C>
Shares of Class A Common Stock,
 $.01 par value.........................       6,325,000               $9.00             $56,925,000.00          $19,629.31
<FN>
(1)  Pursuant  to  Rule 416  there are  also  registered hereby  such additional
     indeterminate number of shares of such  Class A Common Stock as may  become
     issuable   by  reason  of  stock   splits,  stock  dividends,  and  similar
     adjustments.
(2)  Includes 825,000  shares of  Class  A Common  Stock  subject to  an  option
     granted to the Underwriters to cover over-allotments.
(3)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
</TABLE>
 
                           --------------------------
 
    THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933,  AS AMENDED,  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT
SHALL  BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS  THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                            PURSUANT TO RULE 501(B)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM NUMBER OF FORM S-3                         CAPTION AND SUBCAPTION IN PROSPECTUS
- ----------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------
<C>  <S>  <C>                                   <C>
 1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement
      and Outside Front Cover Page of           Outside Front Cover Page
      Prospectus..............................
 
 2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages
      of Prospectus...........................  Inside Front Cover Page; Back Cover
                                                Page
 
 3.  Summary Information; Risk Factors and
      Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges......  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors
 
 4.  Use of Proceeds..........................  Use of Proceeds
 
 5.  Determination of Offering Price..........  Outside Front Cover Page;
                                                Underwriting
 
 6.  Dilution.................................  Not Applicable
 
 7.  Selling Security Holders.................  Principal and Selling Stockholders
 
 8.  Plan of Distribution.....................  Outside Front Cover Page;
                                                Underwriting
 
 9.  Description of Securities to be            Outside Front Cover Page;
      Registered..............................  Description of Securities
 
10.  Interest of Named Experts and Counsel....  Legal Matters; Experts
 
11.  Material Changes.........................  Recent Developments
 
12.  Incorporation of Certain Information by
      Reference...............................  Incorporation of Certain Information
                                                by Reference
 
13.  Disclosure of Commission Position on
      Indemnification for Securities Act        Management -- Limitation of
      Liabilities.............................  Officers' and Directors' Liabilities
 
14.  Information with Respect to the
      Registrant:
 
     (a)  Description of Business.............  Business
 
     (b)  Description of Property.............  Business -- Facilities
 
     (c)  Legal Proceedings...................  Business -- Litigation
 
     (d)  Certain Market Information..........  Dividends; Price Range of Common
                                                Stock
 
     (e)  Financial Statements................  Financial Statements
 
     (f)  Selected Financial Data.............  Selected Financial Data
 
     (g)  Supplementary Financial
           Information........................  Management's Discussion and Analysis
                                                of Financial Condition and Results
                                                 of Operations
 
     (h)  Management's Discussion and
           Analysis...........................  Management's Discussion and Analysis
                                                of Financial Condition and Results
                                                 of Operations
 
     (i)  Disagreement with Accountants.......  Not Applicable
 
     (j)  Directors and Executive Officers....  Management -- Directors and
                                                Executive Officers
 
     (k)  Executive Compensation..............  Management -- Executive Compensation
 
     (l)  Security Ownership of Certain
           Beneficial Owners and Management...  Principal and Selling Stockholders
 
     (m)  Interest of Management and Others in
           Certain Transactions...............  Certain Transactions
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS         SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JULY 11, 1996
DATED      , 1996
 
                                5,500,000 SHARES
 
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
                              CLASS A COMMON STOCK
 
Of the 5,500,000 shares of Class A  Common Stock, $.01 par value per share  (the
"Class  A Common Stock"), offered hereby  (the "Offering"), 5,080,000 shares are
being sold by Video  Update, Inc., a Delaware  corporation (the "Company"),  and
420,000  shares  are being  sold  by certain  stockholders  of the  Company (the
"Selling Stockholders"). See "Principal  and Selling Stockholders." The  Company
will  not receive any  of the net  proceeds from the  sale of the  shares by the
Selling  Stockholders,  other  than  the  net  proceeds  used  by  the   Selling
Stockholders to satisfy certain notes receivable outstanding to the Company. See
"Use of Proceeds."
 
The  Class A  Common Stock  is quoted  on the  Nasdaq National  Market under the
symbol "VUPDA." On July  9, 1996, the  last reported sale price  of the Class  A
Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market was $9.00 per share. See "Price Range
of Common Stock."
 
SEE "RISK FACTORS" COMMENCING ON PAGE 6 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT
SHOULD  BE  CONSIDERED BY  PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS  OF THE  CLASS A  COMMON STOCK
OFFERED HEREBY.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES  AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR  ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED  UPON  THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           PRICE TO    UNDERWRITING  PROCEEDS TO  PROCEEDS TO SELLING
                                            PUBLIC     DISCOUNT(1)   COMPANY(2)      STOCKHOLDERS
<S>                                       <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
Per Share...............................       $            $             $                $
Total(3)................................       $            $             $                $
</TABLE>
 
(1)  The  Company and  the  Selling Stockholders  have  agreed to  indemnify the
    Underwriters against certain  liabilities, including  liabilities under  the
    Securities   Act   of  1933,   as  amended   (the  "Securities   Act").  See
    "Underwriting."
(2) Before deducting expenses of the  Offering payable by the Company  estimated
    at $650,000.
(3)  The Company has granted to the  Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up
    to an aggregate of 825,000 additional shares of Class A Common Stock, solely
    to cover over-allotments, if any, at the per share Price to Public less  the
    Underwriting Discount. If the Underwriters exercise this option in full, the
    total Price to Public, Underwriting Discount and Proceeds to Company will be
    $        , $        and $        , respectively. See "Underwriting."
                            ------------------------
 
The  shares of  Class A  Common Stock are  offered by  the several Underwriters,
subject to  prior  sale  when, as  and  if  delivered to  and  accepted  by  the
Underwriters and subject to their right to reject orders in whole or in part. It
is  expected that  delivery of the  certificates representing shares  of Class A
Common Stock will be made at the  offices of Piper Jaffray Inc. in  Minneapolis,
Minnesota on or about      , 1996.
 
PIPER JAFFRAY INC.                           THE ROBINSON-HUMPHREY COMPANY, INC.
<PAGE>
                                   [ARTWORK:
 
         -- Map of United States and Canada, with a small red box with
       Video Update logo placed in each state and province indicating the
              number of stores located in such state or province.]
 
IN  CONNECTION WITH  THIS OFFERING,  THE UNDERWRITERS  MAY OVER-ALLOT  OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE CLASS A  COMMON
STOCK  OF THE COMPANY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE
OPEN MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET  OR
OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, CERTAIN UNDERWRITERS AND SELLING GROUP MEMBERS
MAY  ENGAGE IN PASSIVE MARKET MAKING TRANSACTIONS IN THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK OF
THE COMPANY ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL  MARKET IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 10B-6A  UNDER
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. SEE "UNDERWRITING."
<PAGE>
                                   [ARTWORK:
 
- --  Two exterior photos of a Video Update  store -- one with a day time backdrop
and one with a  night time backdrop,  each with store  signage and store  rental
promotion  posters. Interior  photos of  Video Update  store, with videocassette
displays and customers. All  photos with a backdrop  of videocassette movie  box
covers.]
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY DOES NOT  PURPORT TO BE COMPLETE  AND IS QUALIFIED IN
ITS ENTIRETY  BY  AND SHOULD  BE  READ IN  CONJUNCTION  WITH THE  MORE  DETAILED
INFORMATION  AND FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS (INCLUDING  THE NOTES  THERETO) APPEARING
ELSEWHERE IN THIS  PROSPECTUS. UNLESS  OTHERWISE INDICATED,  THE INFORMATION  IN
THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES NOT  GIVE  EFFECT TO  THE  EXERCISE OF  THE UNDERWRITERS'
OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION. THE COMPANY  UTILIZES A FISCAL YEAR  ENDING APRIL 30  AND
EACH  YEAR REFERRED TO HEREIN SHALL BE REFERRED TO AS "FISCAL." INVESTORS SHOULD
CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE INFORMATION SET FORTH UNDER THE HEADING "RISK FACTORS."
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    The Company owns  and operates  214 video  specialty stores  under the  name
"Video  Update"  located  in  Alaska,  Arizona,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Minnesota,
Missouri, Nevada, Pennsylvania, Texas, Washington  and Canada and franchises  25
additional  video specialty stores predominantly in the United States as of June
30, 1996.  All  of  the  Company's  stores in  the  United  States,  and  32  or
approximately  46% of the Company's Canadian  stores, are superstores, which are
defined as retail  video stores  that carry more  than 7,500  rental units.  The
Company  believes that, as of the end of its most recent fiscal year, it was the
fourth largest  video specialty  retailer in  the United  States and  the  third
largest  video specialty  retailer in  Canada based on  the number  of stores it
operates and franchises.  Video Update stores  in the United  States and  Canada
offer  on  average approximately  11,000 and  7,700 rental  units, respectively,
including multiple copies  of new  and popular releases  and video  games, in  a
visually appealing and customer friendly layout.
 
    The  Company franchised its first store in January 1983 and opened its first
Company-owned store in September 1989. By July 1994, when the Company  completed
its  initial public offering,  the Company had grown  to 15 Company-owned stores
and 30 franchised stores  and had developed  a cost-effective superstore  format
that  distinguished the Company from other  video retailers by providing it with
the flexibility to expand into desirable  sites in both small and large  markets
without  compromising profitability or  decreasing the number  of viable markets
into which it could expand. During fiscal 1996, the Company grew rapidly in size
from 33 to 204  Company-owned stores. During this  period, the Company  acquired
136  video stores in 12  transactions and opened 35  new video superstores. Same
store sales during fiscal  1996 increased by approximately  16%. As a result  of
these  acquisitions, new superstore openings and  increases in same store sales,
the Company's revenues  and net income  increased from approximately  $9,051,000
and  $154,000  in fiscal  1995, respectively,  to approximately  $50,504,000 and
$1,628,000 in fiscal 1996, respectively.
 
    The Company's management has substantial  experience in the video  retailing
industry.  The Company's senior  management operations team  has worked together
for more than ten  years. Management's depth of  experience in and knowledge  of
the  industry are reflected in both  the Company's operating strategy and growth
strategy. The  key elements  of the  Company's operating  strategy are  to:  (i)
provide  an extensive selection of videocassettes tailored to each store's local
market,  (ii)  effectively  manage   videocassette  inventories  within   stores
utilizing   the  Company's   integrated  point-of-sale   ("POS")  system,  (iii)
aggressively market  the Company's  stores through  couponing, direct  mail  and
other  promotions, (iv) concentrate its  stores geographically within markets to
achieve economies of scale, and (v) maintain consistency of image and operations
throughout the Company's network of stores.
 
    The Company's objective is to become a national presence in the video rental
industry. The key elements of the  Company's growth strategy are to (i)  acquire
chains  of stores that present an attractive combination of price, profitability
and location,  (ii)  open  new  superstores utilizing  its  low-cost  format  in
existing  markets  and selected  new markets,  and (iii)  franchise superstores,
primarily in areas where the Company  does not expect to pursue acquisitions  or
new  store development. During fiscal 1997 the  Company expects that most of its
growth will come from acquisitions and  new superstore openings. In addition  to
acquired  stores, the Company expects to open  60 or more new superstores during
fiscal 1997.
 
    The Company  believes that  the home  video industry  is highly  fragmented.
According  to  media entertainment  analyst Paul  Kagan Associates,  Inc. ("Paul
Kagan"), there were  an estimated 27,400  video specialty stores  in the  United
States  in 1994, including  approximately 6,100 superstores.  According to VIDEO
STORE MAGAZINE, only nine  multiple store businesses operated  in excess of  100
stores in 1995. The Company
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
also  believes that  the retail  video industry  has experienced  a recent trend
toward consolidation  driven  by  the  recognition by  store  operators  of  the
competitive  advantages that  larger organizations enjoy  in terms  of access to
working capital, marketing  efficiencies and  other economies of  scale and  the
enhanced  ability to obtain quality retail  locations. The Company believes that
attractive acquisition  opportunities will  continue to  arise as  the  industry
consolidates.
 
    The Company was incorporated in Minnesota in October 1983 and reincorporated
in  Delaware in March 1994. The Company's  executive offices are located at 3100
World Trade  Center, 30  East 7th  Street, St.  Paul, Minnesota  55101, and  its
telephone number is (612) 222-0006.
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>
Class A Common Stock offered:
  By the Company..............  5,080,000 shares
  By the Selling
   Stockholders...............  420,000 shares
    Total.....................  5,500,000 shares
Common Stock outstanding after
 the Offering.................  18,042,735 shares (1)(2)
Use of proceeds...............  To provide working capital to make acquisitions,
                                reduce   outstanding   debt,   open   additional
                                Company-owned superstores, and for other general
                                corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds."
Nasdaq National Market
 symbols......................  VUPDA (Class A Common Stock)
                                VUPDZ (Redeemable Class B Warrants)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) As of the  date of  this Prospectus, includes  1,300,000 shares  of Class  B
    Common  Stock, $.01 par value  per share (the "Class  B Common Stock"), that
    have been placed in escrow  by the current holders  of Class B Common  Stock
    (the  "Escrow Shares") pursuant  to a written  agreement between the Company
    and the holders of the Class B Common Stock (the "Escrow Agreement"),  which
    Escrow  Shares are  subject to cancellation  and will be  contributed to the
    capital of  the Company  if the  Company does  not attain  certain  earnings
    levels during the period ending April 30, 1998 or if the market price of the
    Company's  Class A Common Stock does  not achieve certain targets during the
    period ending July 19, 1997.  See "Risk Factors --  Charge to Income in  the
    Event  of Release of Escrow Shares,"  "Principal and Selling Stockholders --
    Escrow Shares" and "Description of Securities -- Escrow Agreement."
 
(2) Does not include: (i) 1,462,150 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved  for
    issuance  upon exercise  of options  under the  Company's 1996  Stock Option
    Plan, 1995 Stock Option Plan, 1994 Stock Option Plan and 1994 Formula  Stock
    Option  Plan, of which  options to purchase  a total of  1,223,450 shares of
    Class A Common Stock at exercise  prices ranging from $4.3125 to $10.25  per
    share  have  been granted  (including 669,000  shares reserved  for issuance
    under options  to be  granted  contemporaneously with  the closing  of  this
    Offering  under the 1996 Plan (the  "1996 Option Shares")) and are currently
    unexercised; (ii)  8,504,825 shares  of Class  A Common  Stock reserved  for
    issuance  upon  exercise of  the  Company's outstanding  redeemable  Class B
    Warrants at an exercise price of $8.75 per share; (iii) 1,392,200 shares  of
    Class  A  Common  Stock reserved  for  issuance  upon exercise  of  the Unit
    Purchase Options and the redeemable Class A and Class B Warrants  underlying
    the  Unit Purchase Options issued to  D.H. Blair Investment Banking Corp. in
    connection with its  services as  underwriter of the  Company's initial  and
    subsequent  public offerings, at exercise prices  per unit that would permit
    holders to  purchase shares  of  Class A  Common  Stock at  exercise  prices
    ranging from $4.48 to $8.75 per share; and (iv) any shares of Class A Common
    Stock  the Company  may issue,  in lieu of  cash payments,  to satisfy stock
    price guarantees that the Company made to sellers in connection with six  of
    its  acquisitions. Also does not include 55,000 unregistered shares of Class
    A Common Stock related to one of the Company's acquisitions in 1996, pending
    resolution of a dispute with the sellers (the "Acquisition Shares").  Unless
    otherwise  indicated, all references in this Prospectus to shares of Class A
    Common Stock outstanding  shall exclude  the Acquisition  Shares. See  "Risk
    Factors  --  Risks  Associated with  Acquisitions  --  Deficiency Payments,"
    "Description of Securities," "Management -- Stock Option Plans," "Management
    -- Formula Stock Option Plan" and "Underwriting."
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND OPERATING DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,
                                                                  -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                    1992       1993       1994       1995       1996
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues........................................................  $   2,301  $   3,884  $   4,989  $   9,051  $  50,504
Operating income................................................        230        314        627        623      2,505
Net income......................................................        154        176        301        154      1,628
Net income (loss) per share, fully diluted:
  Continuing operations.........................................        .22        .19        .33        .10        .14
  Discontinued operations(1)....................................        .11          -          -       (.03)         -
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income(2).................................................  $     .33  $     .19  $     .33  $     .07  $     .14
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Weighted average shares(3)......................................        465        904        904      2,226     11,229
 
OPERATING DATA:
Increase in same store sales(4).................................          -          -        26%        21%        16%
Number of stores open at end of period:
  Company-owned.................................................         10         13         15         33        204
  Franchised....................................................         30         30         31         22         25
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total.......................................................         40         43         46         55        229
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Number of stores opened by the Company
 during the period..............................................          4          4          2          4         35
Number of stores acquired by the Company
 during the period..............................................          -          -          -         14        136
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       APRIL 30, 1996
                                                                  -------------------------
                                                                   ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED(5)
                                                                  ---------  --------------
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents.......................................  $     676   $     41,378
Rental inventory................................................     25,701         25,701
Goodwill -- net.................................................     25,973         25,973
Total assets....................................................     79,518        118,834
Notes payable...................................................      4,859            759
Total liabilities...............................................     18,018         13,918
Stockholders' equity............................................     61,500        104,916
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) Discontinued operations resulted from the disposal of a distribution  center
    in fiscal 1992 and the closing by the Company of
    Gamesters-Registered  Trademark-, a  video game  specialty store,  in fiscal
    1995. See Note 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(2) During the fourth quarter of fiscal  1996, the Company adopted a new  method
    of  amortizing videocassette rental inventory. The  effect of the change for
    recognizing salvage value of base stock and the effect of the application of
    the new method  of amortizing  videocassette copies  in excess  of the  base
    stock  to May 1, 1995  had the impact, in  total, of increasing amortization
    expense by $2,773,000 and decreasing net  income by $1,604,000, or $.15  per
    share,  in  fiscal  1996. See  Note  2  of Notes  to  Consolidated Financial
    Statements.
 
(3) See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for calculation  of
    weighted average shares.
 
(4) The  stores included in same store  sales are Company-owned stores that have
    been owned and operated by the Company  for more than 12 months. Same  store
    sales information with respect to fiscal 1992 and 1993 is not available.
 
(5) As  adjusted to reflect the sale of 5,080,000 shares of Class A Common Stock
    offered by the Company hereby, the application of the estimated net proceeds
    therefrom, and the payment of certain notes from the Selling Stockholders to
    the Company. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
    INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS SUMMARY CONTAINS  "FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS"  WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE  PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT
OF 1995, WHICH CAN BE IDENTIFIED BY THE USE OF FORWARD-LOOKING TERMINOLOGY  SUCH
AS  "MAY," "WILL,"  "WOULD," "COULD," "INTEND,"  "PLAN," "EXPECT," "ANTICIPATE,"
"ESTIMATE" OR "CONTINUE" OR THE NEGATIVE THEREOF OR OTHER VARIATIONS THEREON  OR
COMPARABLE  TERMINOLOGY.  PLEASE  SEE  "RISK  FACTORS"  FOR  CERTAIN  CAUTIONARY
STATEMENTS IDENTIFYING IMPORTANT  FACTORS WITH RESPECT  TO SUCH  FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS,  INCLUDING CERTAIN RISKS AND  UNCERTAINTIES, THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL
RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING MATTERS IN CONNECTION WITH
AN  INVESTMENT IN THE CLASS A COMMON  STOCK IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION
CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. INFORMATION CONTAINED
OR INCORPORATED  BY  REFERENCE  IN  THIS  PROSPECTUS  CONTAINS  "FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS"  WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE  PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT
OF 1995, WHICH CAN BE IDENTIFIED BY THE USE OF FORWARD-LOOKING TERMINOLOGY  SUCH
AS  "MAY," "WILL,"  "WOULD," "COULD," "INTEND,"  "PLAN," "EXPECT," "ANTICIPATE,"
"ESTIMATE" OR "CONTINUE" OR THE NEGATIVE THEREOF OR OTHER VARIATIONS THEREON  OR
COMPARABLE  TERMINOLOGY. THE FOLLOWING  MATTERS CONSTITUTE CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS
IDENTIFYING IMPORTANT FACTORS WITH  RESPECT TO SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS,
INCLUDING  CERTAIN RISKS AND  UNCERTAINTIES, THAT COULD  CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO
DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
 
UNCERTAIN ABILITY TO ACHIEVE AND MANAGE PLANNED EXPANSION
 
    The Company's future success and continued growth will depend on its ability
to  acquire,  open  and  franchise  new  stores  and  to  operate  these  stores
profitably.  The  Company  grew  rapidly  during  fiscal  1996  from  33  to 204
Company-owned stores.  The  Company  intends to  continue  its  rapid  expansion
through  future  acquisitions and  expects to  open 60  or more  new superstores
during fiscal 1997. The Company's expansion is dependent on a number of factors,
including its ability to hire, train, retain and assimilate competent management
and store-level employees, the adequacy of the Company's financial resources and
the Company's  ability to  identify new  markets in  which it  can  successfully
compete,  to  locate suitable  superstore sites  and negotiate  acceptable lease
terms and to adapt its purchasing,  management information and other systems  to
accommodate  expanded  operations.  In  addition,  the  Company  is increasingly
entering new  markets  in  which  it has  no  prior  operating  experience.  The
Company's expansion is also dependent on the timely fulfillment by landlords and
others  of  their contractual  obligations to  the  Company, the  maintenance of
construction schedules  and the  speed at  which local  zoning and  construction
permits can be obtained. No assurance can be given that the Company will be able
to  achieve  its planned  expansion or  that expansion  will be  profitable. The
Company's planned expansion, including  growth through acquisitions, will  place
increasing  pressure on the  Company's management controls.  A failure to manage
successfully  its  planned  expansion  would  adversely  affect  the   Company's
business.  No assurance can be given that  the Company's new stores will achieve
sales and  profitability comparable  to the  Company's existing  stores. If  the
Company  achieves its  plans for  growth, no  Company executive,  other than Mr.
Christopher Gondeck,  its Chief  Financial Officer,  will have  had  significant
experience  operating a company as large, in terms of stores or annual sales, as
the Company. See "Business -- Growth Strategy."
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ACQUISITIONS
 
    GENERAL.  The Company's growth strategy includes acquisitions. During fiscal
1996, the  Company acquired,  in 12  transactions, 136  video rental  stores  in
Alaska, Arizona, Indiana, Minnesota, Nevada, Washington and Canada. No assurance
can  be given that  the Company will  successfully identify suitable acquisition
candidates,  complete  acquisitions,  integrate  acquired  operations  into  its
existing  operations or expand into new markets.  No assurance can be given that
recent acquisitions  or future  acquisitions will  not have  a material  adverse
effect upon the Company's operating results, particularly in the fiscal quarters
immediately   following  the  consummation  of   such  transactions,  while  the
operations of the acquired  businesses are being  integrated into the  Company's
operations.  Once  integrated, acquired  operations  may not  achieve  levels of
revenues or profitability comparable to those achieved by the Company's existing
operations, or otherwise perform as expected.
 
    LIMITED KNOWLEDGE  AND  OPERATING  HISTORY.   Notwithstanding  its  own  due
diligence  investigation, management has, and will have, limited knowledge about
the specific operating history, trends and customer buying patterns of the video
specialty stores acquired  in its  recent acquisitions  or future  acquisitions.
Consequently,  no assurance can be  given that the Company  will be able to make
future acquisitions at favorable  prices, that acquired  stores will perform  as
well as they had performed historically or that the Company will have sufficient
information  to  analyze  accurately the  markets  in  which it  elects  to make
acquisitions. Failure to pay  reasonable prices for  acquisitions or to  acquire
profitable  video specialty stores  could have a material  adverse effect on the
Company's financial condition and results of operations.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
    INTEGRATION.  Although the Company endeavors to integrate and assimilate the
operations of acquired stores  in an effective and  timely manner, no  assurance
can be given that the Company will be successful in such integration attempts or
that  the Company will  be able to  hire, train, retain  and assimilate selected
individuals employed at acquired stores. Further, no assurance can be given that
the Company will  successfully integrate  its recent acquisitions  or any  other
future   acquired  businesses  into  the  Company's  purchasing,  marketing  and
management information systems.
 
    COMPETITION FOR  ACQUISITIONS.   Certain  of  the Company's  larger,  better
capitalized  competitors may  seek to acquire  some of the  same video specialty
stores that  the Company  seeks to  acquire. Such  competition for  acquisitions
would  likely increase acquisition prices and  related costs and result in fewer
attractive acquisition opportunities, which could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's growth.
 
    SIGNIFICANT  FUTURE  CHARGES  TO  EARNINGS  ARISING  FROM  AMORTIZATION   OF
GOODWILL.   At April  30, 1996, the  Company had $25,973,000  of goodwill on its
balance sheet  that resulted  primarily  from the  acquisition of  video  rental
stores,  which will  be amortized  over 20 years.  The Company  expects that its
operating results  for future  quarters  over the  next  20 years  will  reflect
quarterly,  non-cash  charges  of  approximately  $372,000  for  amortization of
goodwill from  these  acquisitions. The  Company  also anticipates  that  future
acquisitions  will involve the recording of  a significant amount of goodwill on
its balance sheet, which will be amortized over varying periods of time of up to
20 years. See "Management's Discussion  and Analysis of Financial Condition  and
Results  of Operations," and Notes  1 and 12 of  Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
 
    MISREPRESENTATIONS AND BREACHES BY SELLERS.  In completing acquisitions, the
Company relies upon certain representations, warranties and indemnities made  by
the  sellers with respect to each acquisition,  as well as its own due diligence
investigation. No assurance can be given that representations and warranties  in
any  purchase agreement are true and correct or that the Company's due diligence
uncovers all materially adverse facts  relating to the operations and  financial
condition  of acquired businesses. To the extent that the Company is required to
pay for obligations  of acquired businesses,  or if material  misrepresentations
exist, the Company's operating results could be materially adversely affected.
 
    DEFICIENCY PAYMENTS.  In six of the Company's prior acquisitions in which an
aggregate  of 635,613 shares of Class A Common Stock were issued to sellers, the
Company may be obligated to make deficiency payments (the "Deficiency Payments")
to such sellers (all of which, except for payments that may be due with  respect
to 40,000 shares, may be paid in shares of Class A Common Stock (the "Deficiency
Shares")  at the option of the Company) equal to (i) the number of issued shares
multiplied by the difference between the guaranteed price for the Class A Common
Stock on a certain date (the "Guaranteed Price") and the average market price on
that date, if such average  market price is less  than the Guaranteed Price,  or
(ii)  in one  instance with respect  to 239,163  shares issued to  a seller, the
difference between the Guaranteed  Price and the actual  price received (in  the
aggregate)  for the shares in bona fide, arm's length transactions by the seller
during the six month  period from March 1996  to September 1996. The  Guaranteed
Price  ranges  from  $7.00 per  share  to  $12.00 per  share,  depending  on the
acquisition. Based on  the closing sale  price of  the Class A  Common Stock  of
$9.00  on July 9, 1996, the aggregate Deficiency Payments that the Company would
be liable for is approximately $1,131,000. To the extent any Deficiency Payments
are required, the Company's  cash flow, depending on  whether the deficiency  is
satisfied by a cash payment or issuance of shares, could be materially adversely
affected.  See "Management's Discussion and  Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."
 
COMPETITION
 
    The video rental business is  highly competitive. The Company competes  with
other  video retail stores, including  other superstores, and with supermarkets,
pharmacies,  convenience  stores,   bookstores,  mass   merchants,  mail   order
operations,  vending machines and other retailers, as well as with noncommercial
sources such as libraries. Some of the Company's competitors have  significantly
greater  financial and marketing  resources, market share,  and name recognition
than the Company. Many of the  Company-owned and franchised stores compete  with
stores  operated  by  the  Blockbuster Entertainment  division  of  Viacom, Inc.
("Blockbuster"), some of which are in very close proximity, which could have  an
adverse  impact on the Company's results  of operations. The Company's franchise
operations also compete with numerous
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
franchise  operations  in  many  industries  that  have  significantly   greater
financial  and human  resources and more  experience in  selling franchises than
does the Company. Potential franchisees  may believe that these franchisors  may
offer  potential franchisees greater opportunities for success than the Company.
See "Business -- Competition."
 
POSSIBLE ADVERSE EFFECT OF NEW TECHNOLOGIES ON THE VIDEO RENTAL BUSINESS
 
    The Company  also  currently  competes with  pay-per-view  cable  television
systems.  Recently developed digital compression  technology combined with fiber
optics and  other  technology will  eventually  permit cable  companies,  direct
broadcast satellite companies and other telecommunications companies to transmit
a  much greater selection  of movies to homes  at scheduled intervals throughout
the day. Ultimately, these technologies could lead to the availability of movies
to the consumer on demand. Certain cable and other telecommunications  companies
have tested and are continuing to test movie on demand services in some markets.
Technological  advances could have a material  adverse effect on the business of
the Company.
 
CHANGES IN STUDIO DISTRIBUTION AND PRICING
 
    Changes in  the manner  in which  movies are  marketed by  the studios  that
produce  them,  primarily  related to  an  earlier  release of  movie  titles to
alternative distribution channels, could  substantially decrease the demand  for
video  rentals,  which could  have a  material adverse  effect on  the Company's
financial condition and results of operations. In addition, changes in the movie
studios' wholesale pricing structure  for videos could  result in a  competitive
disadvantage for all video specialty stores, including those of the Company.
 
FINANCING GROWTH
 
    Future  expansion  through  acquisitions  or  new  superstore  openings will
require significant capital. To date, the Company has financed acquisitions  and
superstore  openings with cash from operations, the proceeds of prior equity and
debt offerings, borrowings  under bank  facilities, trade  credit and  equipment
leases.  The Company  currently intends to  finance future  acquisitions and new
superstore openings from the  net proceeds of  the sale or  issuance of debt  or
equity  securities, including this Offering, with cash from operations, and from
borrowings under credit facilities.  If such sources  do not provide  sufficient
funds,  the Company will  be unable to  pursue its growth  strategy, which would
have a material adverse effect on the Company's ability to increase its revenues
and net income. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations."
 
SEASONALITY AND OTHER FACTORS
 
    The Company's business is  somewhat seasonal, with  revenues in April,  May,
September  and October generally lower than in  other months of the year. Future
operating results may be affected by  many factors, including variations in  the
number  and timing of store openings  and acquisitions, weather (particularly on
weekends and holidays), the  public acceptance of  new release titles  available
for rental, competition, marketing programs, special or unusual events and other
factors  that may affect retailers in  general. For example, the Company expects
that during the summer  Olympic Games scheduled  to take place  from July 19  to
August  11, revenues may be  reduced temporarily as viewers  may prefer to watch
the Olympic Games rather  than rent videotapes. Also,  any concentration of  new
superstore  openings and the related pre-opening  costs in any particular fiscal
quarter could have a material adverse effect on the Company's operating  results
for that quarter.
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH FRANCHISE OPERATIONS
 
    Since  its inception, the Company has  sold franchises and generated revenue
from franchise fees, royalties and sales of initial inventory to franchisees. No
assurance can be  given that the  Company can  continue to market  and sell  its
franchises,  or operate its franchise program at profitable levels. In addition,
no assurance can be given that all franchisees will operate their superstores in
accordance with the Company's  operating guidelines and  in compliance with  all
material  provisions of  the franchise  agreement. Additionally,  the Company is
subject to  the  Federal  Trade  Commission's  Trade  Regulation  Rule  entitled
"Disclosure  Requirements and  Prohibitions Concerning  Franchising and Business
Opportunity Ventures" and state laws and  regulations that govern the offer  and
sale of franchises. If the Company is unable to
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
comply with applicable federal and state franchise sales laws or the regulations
of  any state that regulates the offer and sales of franchises, the Company will
be unable to  offer and  sell franchises.  No assurance  can be  given that  the
Company's  franchising program will not be  adversely affected by its failure to
register or file in certain states.  See "Business -- Franchise Operations"  and
"Business -- Government Regulation."
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
    The  Company's  future  success  depends  to  a  significant  extent  on the
continued contributions of Daniel  A. Potter, the  Company's Chairman and  Chief
Executive  Officer, and John M. Bedard, the Company's President. The loss of the
services of either of these officers could have a material adverse effect on the
Company. The Company's continued  growth and profitability  also depends on  its
ability  to attract, motivate, and  retain other management personnel, including
qualified store managers.  No assurance can  be given that  the Company will  be
successful  in attracting, motivating and  retaining such personnel. The Company
has no employment agreements with its officers or key personnel other than  with
Messrs. Potter and Bedard. See "Management."
 
CHARGE TO INCOME IN THE EVENT OF RELEASE OF ESCROW SHARES
 
    The  1,300,000  shares of  the Company's  Class B  Common Stock  placed into
escrow by Messrs.  Potter, Bedard and  Howard in connection  with the  Company's
initial  public offering will be released upon the achievement by the Company of
certain earnings goals  or if  the Class A  Common Stock  reaches certain  price
goals.  The Securities and Exchange Commission  (the "Commission") has adopted a
position with  respect  to  arrangements  such as  the  Escrow  Agreement.  This
position  provides that in the event any  shares are released from escrow to the
stockholders  of  the  Company  who  are  officers,  directors,  consultants  or
employees  of the Company, a non-cash  compensation expense will be recorded for
financial reporting  purposes. Therefore,  if  the Company  attains any  of  the
earnings  thresholds or the Company's Class A Common Stock meets certain minimum
bid prices  required for  the release  of the  Escrow Shares,  the release  will
require  the Company to recognize  additional compensation expense. Accordingly,
the Company will, in the  event of the release  of the Escrow Shares,  recognize
during  the period in which the earnings  thresholds are met or such minimum bid
prices obtained, what could be a substantial non-cash charge that would have the
effect of substantially reducing or eliminating earnings, if any, at such  time.
Although  the amount of compensation expense  recognized by the Company will not
affect the Company's  total stockholders'  equity or cash  flow, it  may have  a
depressive  effect  on  the  market  price  of  the  Company's  securities.  See
"Principal and  Selling  Stockholders  -- Escrow  Shares"  and  "Description  of
Securities -- Escrow Agreement."
 
CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
    Upon  completion of this Offering, the  Company's founders, Daniel A. Potter
and John M. Bedard, will beneficially own or control 1,964,876 shares of Class B
Common Stock  representing  approximately  10.9% of  the  Company's  outstanding
capital  stock  and  approximately  37.8%  of  the  total  voting  power  to  be
outstanding after the  Offering. The  Class A Common  Stock and  Class B  Common
Stock  are essentially identical, except the Class B Common Stock has five votes
per share and the  Class A Common Stock  has one vote per  share on all  matters
upon which stockholders can vote. As a result, Messrs. Potter and Bedard will be
able   to  substantially  influence  all   matters  requiring  approval  by  the
stockholders of the Company, including  the election of directors.  Furthermore,
the  disproportionate vote afforded to the Class  B Common Stock could impede or
prevent a change of control of the Company. As a result, potential acquirors may
be discouraged  from seeking  to  acquire control  of  the Company  through  the
purchase  of Class A Common  Stock, which could have  a depressive effect on the
price of the Class A Common Stock. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders"  and
"Description of Securities."
 
POSSIBLE DEPRESSIVE EFFECT ON PRICE OF SECURITIES OF FUTURE SALES OF COMMON
STOCK AND EXERCISE OF WARRANTS; ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL SHARES
 
    Upon  sale of the  5,080,000 shares of  Class A Common  Stock offered by the
Company hereby, the Company will have  outstanding 16,042,735 shares of Class  A
Common  Stock (or 16,867,735 shares of Class A Common Stock if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is  exercised in full),  and 2,000,000 shares  of Class  B
Common Stock (including the Escrow Shares). All of the 5,500,000 shares of Class
A  Common  Stock  sold  in  this  Offering  will  be  freely  tradeable  without
restriction under the Securities Act, unless
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
acquired by  "affiliates"  of  the  Company  as that  term  is  defined  in  the
Securities  Act. In addition, all of the  (i) 8,504,825 shares of Class A Common
Stock issuable upon  exercise of  outstanding redeemable Class  B Warrants  (the
"Class  B Warrants"), (ii) 117,500 shares of  Class A Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of the  Unit Purchase Option  issued to D.H.  Blair Investment  Banking
Corp.  ("Blair") in connection with its services as underwriter of the Company's
initial pubic offering (the "Initial Option"),  (iii) 230,550 shares of Class  A
Common  Stock issuable upon exercise of the Unit Purchase Option issued to Blair
in connection  with its  services  as underwriter  of the  Company's  subsequent
public  offering (the "Subsequent Option") (collectively, the Initial Option and
the Subsequent Option  are referred  to as  the "Blair  Options"), (iv)  348,050
shares  of Class A Common  Stock issuable upon exercise  of the Class A Warrants
underlying the  Blair  Options, (v)  696,100  shares  of Class  A  Common  Stock
issuable upon exercise of the Class B Warrants underlying the Blair Options, and
(vi) 1,223,450 shares of Class A Common Stock (including the 669,000 1996 Option
Shares) issuable upon exercise of the options issued under the 1994 Stock Option
Plan  (the "1994 Plan"), the 1995 Stock  Option Plan (the "1995 Plan"), the 1996
Stock Option Plan (the "1996 Plan") and the 1994 Formula Stock Option Plan  (the
"Formula  Plan")  (collectively  the  1994, 1995,  1996  and  Formula  Plans are
referred to as the "Plans"), will be freely tradeable without restriction  under
the  Securities Act  upon such  exercise, unless  acquired by  affiliates of the
Company. The Company has authorized 50,000,000  shares of Class A Common  Stock,
of  which the Company's Board of Directors  has the authority, without action or
vote of the stockholders, to  issue all or part  of any authorized but  unissued
shares  of Class A  Common Stock. Any  such issuance will  dilute the percentage
ownership interest of stockholders and may further dilute the book value of  the
Class  A Common Stock. Subject to certain exceptions, the Company and all of the
Company's present  officers  and  directors  have agreed  not  to  offer,  sell,
contract  to sell or otherwise  dispose of, any shares  of Class A Common Stock,
Class B Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable for Class
A Common Stock  for a  period of  180 days after  the date  of this  Prospectus,
without  the prior  written consent  of Piper  Jaffray Inc.  See "Description of
Securities" and "Underwriting."
 
    The sale, or availability for sale, of substantial amounts of Class A Common
Stock in the public market could  adversely affect the prevailing market  prices
of  the Company's  securities and  could impair  the Company's  ability to raise
additional capital through the sale of  its equity securities. In addition,  the
existence of the Blair Options, outstanding options, Class B Warrants, and other
options  that may  be issued under  the Stock  Option Plans or  Formula Plan may
hinder future financing  by the Company,  and exercise of  these securities  may
further  dilute the  interest of  the persons  purchasing Class  A Common Stock.
Further, the  holders of  such options  may exercise  them at  a time  when  the
Company  would otherwise  be able to  obtain additional equity  capital on terms
more favorable to the Company.
 
BROAD DISCRETION OVER USE OF PROCEEDS; UNSPECIFIED ACQUISITIONS
 
    A substantial portion  of the  estimated net  proceeds of  this Offering  is
expected  to be  used for  acquisitions, the  repayment of  indebtedness and new
superstore openings. Management  will have  broad discretion  in allocating  and
applying  such  net  proceeds. Failure  to  utilize  the net  proceeds  within a
reasonable amount of time  following the closing of  this Offering could have  a
materially  adverse impact on the Company's  business and results of operations.
See "Use of Proceeds."
 
UNCLASSIFIED BALANCE SHEET
 
    The Company uses an unclassified balance sheet in its financial  statements,
and  as a  result, does  not classify  its assets  or liabilities  as current or
noncurrent. If the Company were to use a classified balance sheet, a portion  of
videocassette  rental inventories could be classified as noncurrent because they
are not assets that are reasonably expected to be completely realized in cash or
sold within one year. The acquisition cost of these inventories, however,  would
be  reflected in current liabilities.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
NO DIVIDENDS
 
    The Company has paid  no dividends to its  stockholders since its  inception
and  does not plan to pay dividends  in the foreseeable future. In addition, the
terms of a loan agreement relating to the Company's
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
bank debt prohibit the payment of  dividends without the lender's prior  written
consent.  The Company intends  to reinvest earnings, if  any, in the development
and expansion  of its  business. See  "Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Dividend Policy."
 
LIMITATION ON OFFICERS' AND DIRECTORS' LIABILITIES
 
    Pursuant  to  the Company's  Certificate  of Incorporation,  as  amended, as
authorized under  applicable Delaware  law,  directors of  the Company  are  not
liable  for monetary damages for breach  of fiduciary duty, except in connection
with a breach of the duty of loyalty, for acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, for dividend
payments or stock repurchases illegal under Delaware law or for any  transaction
in  which a director has derived an  improper personal benefit. In addition, the
Company's bylaws  provide  that the  Company  must indemnify  its  officers  and
directors  to the  fullest extent  permitted by  Delaware law  for all expenses,
fines and  judgements (including  reasonable attorneys'  fees) incurred  in  the
defense  or settlement  of any actions  against such persons  in connection with
their having served as officers or directors of the Company. See "Management  --
Limitation on Officers' and Directors' Liabilities."
 
ANTITAKEOVER EFFECTS; DELAWARE LAW AND CERTAIN CHARTER AND BYLAW PROVISIONS;
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The  Company's Certificate of Incorporation and  Bylaws, as well as Delaware
corporate law,  contain  certain  provisions  that  could  have  the  effect  of
delaying,  deferring or preventing a change in  control of the Company and could
adversely affect  the prevailing  market  price of  the  Class A  Common  Stock.
Certain of such provisions impose various procedural and other requirements that
could  make  it  more difficult  for  stockholders to  effect  certain corporate
actions. Other  provisions  allow  the Company  to  issue,  without  stockholder
approval,  preferred stock having rights  senior to those of  the Class A Common
Stock. The Company is  authorized to issue up  to 5,000,000 shares of  Preferred
Stock,  $.01  par value  per share  (the  "Preferred Stock"),  none of  which is
currently outstanding. The Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more  series,
the  terms of which  may be determined at  the time of issuance  by the Board of
Directors, without further action by stockholders, and may include voting rights
(including the right to vote as a series on particular matters), preferences  as
to  dividends and liquidation, conversion and redemption rights and sinking fund
provisions. The  issuance of  any  Preferred Stock  could adversely  affect  the
rights of the holders of Class A Common Stock, and therefore reduce the value of
the  Class  A Common  Stock. In  particular, specific  rights granted  to future
holders of Preferred Stock  could be used to  restrict the Company's ability  to
merge  with or sell its  assets to a third  party, thereby preserving control of
the Company by its then owners. See "Description of Securities."
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The net proceeds to the  Company from the sale of  the Class A Common  Stock
being offered hereby are estimated to be approximately $41,605,000 based upon an
assumed  offering price  per share  of $9.00  (approximately $48,510,000  if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option  is exercised in  full) after deducting  the
underwriting  discount and  estimated offering  expenses (including underwriting
and offering expenses of  the Selling Stockholders, which  will be borne by  the
Company).  The Company will not receive any  proceeds from the sale of shares by
the Selling Stockholders,  other than  proceeds of  approximately $3,238,000  in
payment  of outstanding  notes receivable  due to  the Company  from the Selling
Stockholders in connection  with the exercise  of stock options  by the  Selling
Stockholders in August 1995. See "Certain Transactions."
 
    Although  management will have  broad discretion in  allocating and applying
the net proceeds of the Offering, the  Company's primary planned use of the  net
proceeds  will  be  to  provide working  capital  to  make  acquisitions, reduce
outstanding debt of  approximately $8,000,000,  open additional  stores, and  to
meet  other general corporate purposes. The  Company does not currently have any
agreements or understandings for  the acquisition of  additional stores, and  no
assurance   can  be  given  that  any   such  acquisitions  will  be  made.  See
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
    Pending  use of the net proceeds as  described above, the Company intends to
invest the  net  proceeds  from  the Offering  in  short-term  investment  grade
securities.
 
                          PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK
 
    The  Class A Common  Stock of the  Company has been  traded under the symbol
"VUPDA" on the Nasdaq National Market since May 8, 1995 and was traded under the
same symbol on  the Nasdaq SmallCap  Market from  July 20, 1994  through May  7,
1995.  The  following  table sets  forth  the high  and  low bid  prices  of the
Company's Class A Common Stock  for the periods for which  it was traded on  the
Nasdaq  SmallCap Market  and sets  forth the  high and  low sale  prices for the
periods for which it has been traded  on the Nasdaq National Market. The  Nasdaq
SmallCap  market  bid quotations  represent  interdealer prices,  without retail
mark-ups, mark-downs or  commissions, and may  not necessarily represent  actual
transactions.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               HIGH      LOW
                                                              -------   ------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>
FISCAL 1995
  Quarter ended July 31, 1994 (July 20, 1994 through July
   31, 1994)................................................  $ 4 3/4   $3
  Quarter ended October 31, 1994............................    6 1/4    4 3/4
  Quarter ended January 31, 1995............................    6 1/4    3 3/4
  Quarter ended April 30, 1995..............................    4 1/4    3 5/8
FISCAL 1996
  Quarter ended July 31, 1995(1)............................  $11 7/8   $4 1/4
  Quarter ended October 31, 1995............................   13        7 1/4
  Quarter ended January 31, 1996............................   10        6
  Quarter ended April 30, 1996..............................    8 3/8    5 1/2
FISCAL 1997
  Quarter ended July 31, 1996 (through July 9, 1996)........  $ 9 3/4   $7 1/4
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) The Company began trading on the Nasdaq National Market on May 8, 1995.
 
    On July 9, 1996, the last sale price of the Class A Common Stock as reported
on  the  Nasdaq  National Market  was  $9.00. As  of  July 9,  1996,  there were
approximately 91 owners of record of Class A Common Stock.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The Company has never  paid any dividends on  its Common Stock. The  Company
currently intends to retain any earnings for use in its operations and expansion
and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The
terms  of the Company's current loan agreement prohibit the payment of dividends
without the lender's prior written consent. The payment of dividends, if any, in
the future will be at the discretion  of the Board of Directors and will  depend
upon,  among other  things, future earnings,  capital requirements, restrictions
contained in  current  banking  and future  financing  agreements,  the  general
financial condition of the Company and general business considerations.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The table below sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of April 30,
1996, and as adjusted to give effect to the sale by the Company of the 5,080,000
shares  of Class A  Common Stock offered  hereby (at an  assumed public offering
price of $9.00 per share), the payment of notes from the Selling Stockholders to
the Company and the application of  the estimated net proceeds of the  Offering.
The  table should be read in conjunction with the Company's financial statements
and notes thereto,  and other financial  information included elsewhere  herein.
See "Use of Proceeds."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             APRIL 30, 1996
                                                                                         ----------------------
                                                                                          ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                         ---------  -----------
                                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                      <C>        <C>
Notes payable within one year..........................................................  $   4,331   $     231
                                                                                         ---------  -----------
                                                                                         ---------  -----------
Notes payable due greater than one year................................................  $     528   $     528
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share; 5,000,000 shares authorized; no shares
   outstanding actual or adjusted......................................................          -           -
  Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share; 50,000,000 shares authorized;
   10,962,735 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 16,042,735 shares issued and
   outstanding as adjusted(1)(2).......................................................        110         160
  Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share; 2,000,000 shares authorized, issued
   and outstanding, actual and as adjusted(1)(3).......................................         20          20
Additional paid in capital.............................................................     61,029     102,584
Retained earnings......................................................................      2,186       2,186
Foreign currency translation...........................................................        (34)        (34)
Notes receivable from officers related to the exercise of options......................     (1,811)          -
                                                                                         ---------  -----------
    Total stockholders' equity.........................................................     61,500     104,916
                                                                                         ---------  -----------
      Total capitalization.............................................................  $  62,028   $ 105,444
                                                                                         ---------  -----------
                                                                                         ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) The Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are essentially identical,
    except  that each share of Class A Common  Stock is entitled to one vote and
    each share of Class B Common Stock is entitled to five votes. Each share  of
    Class  B Common Stock is convertible at any time at the option of its holder
    into one share of  Class A Common Stock.  See "Description of Securities  --
    Common Stock."
 
(2)  Excludes (i) 572,150 shares  of Class A Common  Stock reserved for issuance
    upon exercise of options under the 1994 and 1995 Plans, of which options  to
    purchase  a total  of 528,450  shares of  Class A  Common Stock  at exercise
    prices ranging from $4.3125  to $8.375 per share  have been granted and  are
    currently  unexercised; (ii) 50,000 shares of  Class A Common Stock reserved
    for issuance upon exercise of options that may be granted under the  Formula
    Plan,  pursuant to which options to purchase  6,000 shares of Class A Common
    Stock at exercise prices of $6.75 and $10.25 per share have been granted and
    are currently unexercised; (iii)  8,504,825 shares of  Class A Common  Stock
    reserved  for issuance upon exercise of  the outstanding Class B Warrants at
    an exercise price of $8.75 per share; (iv) 348,050 shares of Class A  Common
    Stock  reserved for issuance upon exercise of the Blair Options; (v) 348,050
    shares of Class A  Common Stock reserved for  issuance upon exercise of  the
    Class  A Warrants issuable upon exercise  of the Blair Options; (vi) 696,100
    shares of  Class  A Common  Stock  issuable upon  exercise  of the  Class  B
    Warrants  underlying  the Blair  Options; (vii)  the Deficiency  Shares; and
    (viii) the 55,000 Acquisition Shares. See "Risk Factors -- Risks  Associated
    with  Acquisitions  --  Deficiency Payments,"  "Description  of Securities,"
    "Management --  Stock Option  Plans," "Management  -- Formula  Stock  Option
    Plan,"   "Underwriting,"  and  "Management's   Discussion  and  Analysis  of
    Financial Condition  and  Results of  Operations  -- Liquidity  and  Capital
    Resources."
 
(3)   Includes  the  1,300,000   Escrow  Shares.  See   "Principal  and  Selling
    Stockholders -- Escrow Shares."
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                       SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND OPERATING DATA)
 
    The statements of  operations data  set forth below  for each  of the  three
years ended April 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the balance sheet data as of April
30,  1995 and  1996 are  derived from,  and are  qualified by  reference to, the
audited consolidated financial statements audited by Ernst & Young LLP  included
elsewhere  in this Prospectus.  The statements of operations  data for the years
ended April 30, 1992 and 1993 and the  balance sheet data as of April 30,  1992,
1993 and 1994 are derived from audited financial statements not included herein.
The  data  set forth  below  should be  read  in conjunction  with "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations,"  the
Company's   financial  statements   and  notes  thereto,   and  other  financial
information included elsewhere herein.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,
                                                                  -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                    1992       1993       1994       1995       1996
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
  Rental revenue................................................  $   1,733  $   3,234  $   4,180  $   8,364  $  46,592
  Service fees..................................................        321        459        472        421        491
  Product sales.................................................        247        191        337        266      3,421
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total revenues............................................      2,301      3,884      4,989      9,051     50,504
Costs and expenses:
  Store operating expenses(1)...................................      1,367      2,485      2,997      5,986     39,685
  Selling, general and administrative...........................        536        955      1,179      2,223      5,362
  Cost of product sales.........................................        168        130        186        136      1,880
  Amortization of goodwill......................................          -          -          -         83      1,072
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total costs and expenses..................................      2,071      3,570      4,362      8,428     47,999
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income................................................        230        314        627        623      2,505
Other income (expense):
  Interest expense..............................................        (63)       (69)      (143)      (194)      (232)
  Amortization of debt costs....................................          -          -          -       (157)         -
  Other income (expense)........................................        (12)        36         17        155        548
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total other income (expense)..............................        (75)       (33)      (126)      (196)       316
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income from continuing operations before income taxes...........        155        281        501        427      2,821
Income tax expense..............................................         54        105        200        214      1,193
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income from continuing operations...............................        101        176        301        213      1,628
Discontinued operations:
  Loss from discontinued operations net of applicable income tax
   benefit......................................................          -          -          -        (24)         -
  Gain (loss) on disposal of discontinued operations, net of
   applicable income tax or tax benefit.........................         53          -          -        (35)         -
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations(2)...............         53          -          -        (59)         -
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income......................................................  $     154  $     176  $     301  $     154  $   1,628
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss) per share, fully diluted:
  Continuing operations.........................................  $     .22  $     .19  $     .33  $     .10  $     .14
  Discontinued operations.......................................        .11          -          -       (.03)         -
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income(1).................................................  $     .33  $     .19  $     .33  $     .07  $     .14
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Weighted average shares(3)......................................        465        904        904      2,226     11,229
</TABLE>
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,
                                                                  -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                    1992       1993       1994       1995       1996
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Increase in same store sales(4).................................          -          -        26%        21%        16%
Number of stores open at end of period:
  Company-owned.................................................         10         13         15         33        204
  Franchised....................................................         30         30         31         22         25
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total.....................................................         40         43         46         55        229
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Number of stores opened by the Company
 during the period..............................................          4          4          2          4         35
Number of stores acquired by the Company
 during the period..............................................          -          -          -         14        136
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         APRIL 30,
                                                                   -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                     1992       1993       1994       1995       1996
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents........................................  $   1,184  $      70  $      51  $   5,573  $     676
Rental inventory.................................................        777      1,097      1,749      4,821     25,701
Goodwill -- net..................................................          -          -          -      2,912     25,973
Total assets.....................................................      1,389      2,038      3,489     19,450     79,518
Notes payable....................................................        421        565      1,568      1,278      4,859
Total liabilities................................................        996      1,469      2,614      4,279     18,018
Stockholders' equity.............................................        393        569        875     15,171     61,500
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) During the fourth quarter of fiscal  1996, the Company adopted a new  method
    of  amortizing videocassette rental inventory. The  effect of the change for
    recognizing salvage value of base stock and the effect of the application of
    the new method  of amortizing  videocassette copies  in excess  of the  base
    stock  to May 1, 1995  had the impact, in  total, of increasing amortization
    expense by $2,773,000 and decreasing net  income by $1,604,000, or $.15  per
    share,  in  fiscal  1996. See  Note  2  to Notes  to  Consolidated Financial
    Statements.
 
(2) Discontinued operations resulted from the disposal of a distribution  center
    in fiscal 1992 and the closing by the Company of
    Gamesters-Registered  Trademark-, a  video game  specialty store,  in fiscal
    1995. See Note 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(3) See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for calculation  of
    weighted average shares.
 
(4)  The stores included in same store  sales are Company-owned stores that have
    been owned and operated by the Company  for more than 12 months. Same  store
    sales information with respect to fiscal 1992 and 1993 is not available.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The   following  discussion  of  the  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations should be read in conjunction with the Company's audited consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere herein.
 
OVERVIEW
 
    The Company franchised its first store in January 1983 and opened its  first
Company-owned  store in September 1989. By July 1994, when the Company completed
its initial public offering,  the Company had grown  to 15 Company-owned  stores
and  30 franchised  stores. Subsequently, the  Company substantially accelerated
its growth, and as of June 30, 1996, operated 150 acquired and 64 stores  opened
by  the  Company  in 10  states  and in  Canada,  and has  25  franchised stores
predominantly in the United States. All  of the Company's stores located in  the
United States are superstores. Superstores are video specialty stores that carry
more than 7,500 rental units.
 
    During  fiscal 1996,  the Company  acquired, in  12 transactions,  136 video
retail superstores. The acquired assets and liabilities related to all of  these
acquisitions are recorded on the Company's balance sheet at their estimated fair
market  value at the  date of the  acquisition. As a  result of the acquisitions
completed during fiscal 1995 and fiscal  1996, the Company anticipates that  its
results  of  operations  will be  reduced  by  the amortization  of  goodwill of
approximately  $25,973,000,  with  anticipated  quarterly  non-cash  charges  of
approximately  $372,000  for  goodwill.  The  Company  anticipates  that  future
acquisitions will involve  the recording  of additional  significant amounts  of
goodwill and deferred charges on its balance sheet.
 
    The  Company generates revenues primarily  from the rental of videocassettes
and video games, from service  fees from its franchisees,  and from the sale  of
products.  As  reflected in  the chart  below, rental  revenues at  Video Update
stores have accounted for  the substantial majority  of the Company's  revenues.
The Company expects that this trend will continue.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,
                                               -------------------------------
                                                 1994       1995       1996
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Rental revenue...............................  $   4,180  $   8,364  $  46,592
Service fees.................................        472        421        491
Product sales................................        337        266      3,421
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                               $   4,989  $   9,051  $  50,504
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Effective  February 1, 1996,  videocassettes that are  considered base stock
(including copies  one through  three of  new releases)  are amortized  over  36
months  on a straight-line basis to a  salvage value of $6.00 per videocassette.
New release videocassettes are  amortized as follows:  the fourth through  ninth
copies  of each title  per store are  amortized on a  straight-line basis during
their first six months to a net book value of $6.00 and then on a  straight-line
basis  over 30 months  with no salvage  value; and the  tenth and any succeeding
copies of each  title per store  are amortized on  a straight-line basis  during
their  first six months to a net book value of $6.00 and then on a straight-line
basis over three months with no  salvage value. The changes, which represent  in
part  a change in accounting principle and a change in accounting estimate, have
been reflected in the Company's financial statements in total as a change in  an
estimate in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996.
 
    The effect of the change for recognizing salvage value of base stock and the
effect  of the application of the  new method of amortizing videocassette copies
in excess  of the  base stock  to May  1, 1995,  had the  impact, in  total,  of
increasing  amortization  expense by  $2,773,000  and decreasing  net  income by
$1,604,000, or $.15 per share, for fiscal  1996, all of which has been  recorded
in the fourth quarter.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
OPERATING RESULTS
 
    The table below sets forth the percentage of revenues represented by certain
items  included  in  the  Company's  statement  of  operations  for  the periods
indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,
                                                                           -------------------------------
                                                                             1994       1995       1996
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues:
  Rental revenue.........................................................       83.8%      92.4%      92.2%
  Service fees...........................................................        9.5        4.7        1.0
  Product sales..........................................................        6.7        2.9        6.8
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
        Total revenues...................................................      100.0      100.0      100.0
Costs and expenses:
  Store operating expenses...............................................       60.1       66.1       78.6
  Selling, general and administrative....................................       23.6       24.6       10.6
  Cost of product sales..................................................        3.7        1.5        3.7
  Amortization of goodwill...............................................          -        0.9        2.1
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
        Total costs and expenses.........................................       87.4       93.1       95.0
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
  Operating income.......................................................       12.6        6.9        5.0
Other income (expense):
  Interest expense.......................................................       (2.9)      (2.1)      (0.5)
  Amortization of debt costs.............................................          -       (1.7)         -
  Other income...........................................................        0.3        1.7        1.1
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
        Total other income (expense).....................................       (2.6)      (2.1)       0.6
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
Income from continuing operations before income taxes....................       10.0        4.8        5.6
Income tax expense.......................................................        4.0        2.4        2.4
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
Income from continuing operations........................................        6.0        2.4        3.2
Discontinued operations:
  Loss from discontinued operations,
   net of applicable income tax benefit..................................          -       (0.3)         -
  Loss on disposal of discontinued operations,
   net of applicable tax benefit.........................................          -       (0.4)         -
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
Net loss from discontinued operations....................................          -       (0.7)         -
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income...............................................................        6.0%       1.7%       3.2%
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
FISCAL 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1995
 
    RENTAL  REVENUE.     Rental  revenue  was   approximately  $46,592,000   and
$8,364,000,  or 92.2%  and 92.4%  of total  revenues for  fiscal 1996  and 1995,
respectively. The increase  in rental  revenue of $38,228,000  was derived  from
video  stores  acquired  during  the period  which  accounted  for approximately
$28,998,000 or 75.9% of the increase,  from the opening of 35 new  Company-owned
stores  which accounted for  approximately $4,735,000 or  12.4% of the increase,
and from a 16% increase in same store revenues.
 
    SERVICE FEES.   Service fees  were approximately $491,000  and $421,000,  or
1.0%  and  4.7%  of  total  revenues for  fiscal  1996  and  1995, respectively.
Continuing service fees  and royalties  from franchisees accounted  for 95%  and
100%  of total  service fees,  respectively. The decrease  in service  fees as a
percentage of total revenues was due to a significant increase in the number  of
Company-owned stores without a corresponding increase in the number of franchise
stores.
 
    PRODUCT SALES.  Product sales were approximately $3,421,000 and $266,000, or
6.8%  and 2.9%  of total  revenues for fiscal  1996 and  1995, respectively. The
increase in product sales  of $3,155,000 was  a result of  product sales by  the
video  stores  acquired  during  the period  which  accounted  for approximately
$2,505,000 or  79.4% of  the increase,  the opening  of 35  Company-owned  video
stores,  and sales  of inventory  and fixtures  to franchisees.  The increase in
product sales as a percentage of total  revenues was a result of higher  product
sales  as a  percentage of  total revenues by  video stores  acquired during the
period and increased sales of inventory and fixtures to franchisees.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
    STORE OPERATING EXPENSES.   Store  operating expenses  consist primarily  of
compensation  and  related expenses,  occupancy  expenses, and  depreciation and
amortization expenses.  Operating expenses  were approximately  $39,685,000  and
$5,986,000,  or 78.6%  and 66.1%  of total  revenues for  fiscal 1996  and 1995,
respectively. The  increase  in store  operating  expenses of  $33,699,000,  was
primarily  the result of video stores acquired during the period, the opening of
35 Company-owned  video stores,  a change  in accounting  method for  amortizing
videocassettes,  and the expansion and relocation  of video stores during fiscal
1996. The increase in store operating expenses as a percentage of total revenues
was  primarily   due  to   a  change   in  accounting   method  for   amortizing
videocassettes,  additional regional expenses related to developing new markets,
and expenses related to new store openings and video stores acquired during  the
period.
 
    Compensation   and  related  expenses  were  approximately  $12,601,000  and
$1,922,000, or  25.0% and  21.2% of  total revenues  for fiscal  1996 and  1995,
respectively.  The increase  of $10,679,000  was primarily  due to  video stores
acquired during the period which accounted for approximately $7,254,000 or 67.9%
of the increase and the opening  of 35 Company-owned video stores. The  increase
as  a percentage  of total  revenues was  due to  additional regional management
expenses related  to  developing  new  markets,  higher  initial  payroll  costs
associated   with  video  stores  acquired  and  higher  initial  payroll  costs
associated with the opening of new Company-owned video stores.
 
    Occupancy expenses were approximately  $10,304,000 and $1,426,000, or  20.4%
and 15.8% of total revenues for fiscal 1996 and 1995, respectively. The increase
of  $8,878,000, was  primarily due to  video stores acquired  during the period,
which accounted  for $6,429,000  or  72.4% of  the  increase, the  expansion  of
several  stores in fiscal 1996  and the opening of  35 Company-owned stores. The
increase as a  percentage of total  revenues was primarily  due to higher  costs
associated  with the video stores acquired during the period and higher costs as
a percentage of total revenues associated  with the opening of new video  stores
prior to revenue reaching maturity during the first year of operations.
 
    Depreciation  and amortization  expenses were  approximately $13,894,000 and
$1,879,000, or  27.5% and  20.8% of  total revenues  for fiscal  1996 and  1995,
respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense reflects the depreciation of
store  equipment  and  fixtures  and  the  amortization  of  videocassettes. The
increase of  $12,015,000  was primarily  attributable  to the  addition  of  new
release  videocassette inventory  for new, existing,  and acquired  stores and a
change  in  policy   for  amortization  of   videocassettes.  Depreciation   and
amortization  expenses would  have been  approximately $11,121,000,  or 22.0% of
total revenues, had the accounting change in amortization of videocassettes  not
been  made. The effect of the change for recognizing salvage value of base stock
and the effect of the application of the new method of amortizing  videocassette
copies  in excess of the base stock to May 1, 1995, had the impact, in total, of
increasing amortization  expense  by $2,773,000  and  decreasing net  income  by
$1,604,000 or $.15 per share, in fiscal 1996.
 
    SELLING,  GENERAL AND  ADMINISTRATIVE.  Selling,  general and administrative
expenses were approximately  $5,362,000 and  $2,223,000, or 10.6%  and 24.6%  of
total  revenues  for  fiscal  1996  and  1995,  respectively.  The  increase  of
approximately $3,139,000 was  primarily due to  adding management personnel  and
administrative  staff to support the  Company's growth and related expenditures.
The decrease as a percentage of total revenues was due to the increases in total
revenues without a proportional increase in corporate overhead.
 
    COST OF PRODUCT SALES.  Cost  of product sales was approximately  $1,880,000
and  $136,000, or  3.7% and  1.5% of  total revenues  for fiscal  1996 and 1995,
respectively. The cost of product sales  as a percentage of total product  sales
revenue   was  approximately  55.0%   and  51.1%  for   fiscal  1996  and  1995,
respectively. The increase in the cost of product sales as a percentage of total
product sales was primarily the  result of a different  mix of products sold  in
video  stores acquired during the period and  the sale of inventory and fixtures
to franchisees.
 
    AMORTIZATION OF  GOODWILL.    Amortization  of  goodwill  was  approximately
$1,072,000  and $83,000, or 2.1% and 0.9%  of total revenues for fiscal 1996 and
1995, respectively. The increase was primarily attributable to the  amortization
of certain intangible assets resulting from the video stores acquired during the
period.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest expense was approximately $232,000 and $194,000,
or  0.5% and 2.1% of total revenues  for fiscal 1996 and 1995, respectively. The
increase of $38,000 was primarily attributable  to interest on debt incurred  or
assumed  from  the  video stores  acquired  during  the period  and  interest on
borrowings under the Company's bank line of credit.
 
    OTHER INCOME.  Other income was approximately $548,000 and $155,000, or 1.1%
and 1.7% of total revenues for fiscal 1996 and 1995, respectively. The  increase
of  $393,000 was primarily due to interest earned on approximately $7,200,000 of
net proceeds  from  the  April  7, 1995  public  offering,  interest  earned  on
approximately  $28,414,000  of net  proceeds from  the exercise  of the  Class A
Warrants prior  to their  use  for acquisitions  and  interest earned  on  notes
receivable from related parties.
 
FISCAL 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1994
 
    RENTAL  REVENUE.  Rental revenue was approximately $8,364,000 and $4,180,000
for fiscal  1995 and  1994,  respectively. The  increase  in rental  revenue  of
$4,184,000  was the result of revenues derived from video stores acquired during
the period  which  accounted  for  approximately $2,702,000,  or  64.6%  of  the
increase,  with the balance of  the increase resulting from  (i) the increase in
same store  revenues of  21%, and  (ii) the  opening of  four new  Company-owned
superstores.
 
    SERVICE  FEES.   Service fees were  approximately $421,000  and $472,000 for
fiscal 1995  and  1994,  respectively,  of which  continuing  service  fees  and
royalties  accounted for 100% and 86%, respectively, of service fee revenues for
these periods.
 
    PRODUCT SALES.  Product sales  were approximately $266,000 and $337,000  for
fiscal  1995 and 1994,  respectively. The decrease in  product sales of $71,000,
reflects  the  sale   of  less  initial   catalog  videocassette  inventory   to
franchisees.  The decrease was offset in part by an increase in product sales by
video stores acquired during the period,  and the opening of four  Company-owned
video stores.
 
    STORE  OPERATING  EXPENSES.   Store  operating  expenses  were approximately
$5,986,000 and $2,997,000 for fiscal  1995 and 1994, respectively. The  increase
in  store operating expenses of $2,989,000,  resulted primarily from expenses of
the video stores acquired during the  period, the opening of four  Company-owned
video  superstores, the  expansion and  relocation of  several video superstores
during fiscal  1995,  and an  increase  in the  starting  hourly wage  of  store
employees.  Store  operating  expenses  as a  percentage  of  rental  revenue of
$8,364,000 and $4,180,000 for fiscal 1995 and 1994, were approximately 71.6% and
71.7% respectively.
 
    Compensation and related expenses were approximately $1,922,000 and $892,000
for fiscal 1995 and 1994, respectively.  The increase of $1,030,000, was due  to
(i)  expenses related to video stores acquired during the period which accounted
for $636,000 of the increase, (ii) higher initial costs associated with  opening
and  relocating Company-owned  superstores, (iii) same  store expense increases,
(iv) an increase in the  starting hourly wages of  store employees, and (v)  the
hiring of additional store managers due to expansion.
 
    Occupancy  expenses were  approximately $1,426,000  and $630,000  for fiscal
1995 and 1994, respectively. The  increase of $796,000, reflected the  expansion
of  several  stores in  fiscal  1995, the  opening  of four  Company-owned video
superstores during fiscal 1995, and the video stores acquired during the period.
 
    Depreciation and  amortization expenses  were approximately  $1,879,000  and
$1,083,000 for fiscal 1995 and 1994, respectively. The increase of $796,000, was
primarily attributable to the additional new release videocassette inventory for
new,  existing and acquired stores  as part of the  Company's marketing plan. In
fiscal 1995, the Company had a  change in accounting estimate pertaining to  the
amortization   method  for  rental  videocassettes,  which  had  the  effect  of
increasing net income by approximately $251,000.
 
    Other operating  expenses,  consisting  of  the balance  of  the  change  in
operating expenses (i.e. advertising expenses) changed proportionally with sales
increases.
 
    SELLING,  GENERAL AND  ADMINISTRATIVE.  Selling,  general and administrative
expenses were approximately $2,223,000 and $1,179,000 for fiscal 1995 and  1994,
respectively. The increase of approximately $1,044,000, was primarily due to the
addition  of management personnel and additional administrative staff to support
the Company's planned growth and related expenditures.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
    COST OF PRODUCT SALES.   Cost of product  sales were approximately  $136,000
and  $186,000 for fiscal 1995 and 1994,  respectively. The cost of product sales
as a percentage of total product sales revenue was approximately 51.1% and 55.2%
for fiscal 1995 and  1994, respectively. The  percentage decrease was  primarily
the result of the mix of products sold.
 
    AMORTIZATION  OF  GOODWILL.    Amortization  of  goodwill  was approximately
$83,000 for  fiscal 1995  with  no corresponding  amount  for fiscal  1994.  The
increase  was primarily attributable  to the amortization  of certain intangible
assets resulting from the acquisitions during the period.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest expense was approximately $194,000 and  $143,000
for  fiscal 1995 and 1994, respectively. The increase of $51,000, was due to the
approximately $620,000 of notes ("Subordinated  Notes") issued in the  Company's
subordinated note offering in February 1994 and the $1,000,000 of notes ("Bridge
Notes")  issued in the Company's bridge  financing in May 1994. The Subordinated
Notes and Bridge Notes were paid in full when the Company completed its  initial
public offering in July 1994.
 
    AMORTIZATION  OF DEBT COSTS.   Amortization of  debt costs was approximately
$157,000 for fiscal 1995  with no corresponding expense  for fiscal 1994.  These
debt  costs related  to the  issuance of the  Subordinated Notes  and the Bridge
Notes, both of which were paid in full in July 1994.
 
    OTHER INCOME.   Other  income  was approximately  $155,000 and  $17,000  for
fiscal  1995 and  1994, respectively. The  increase of $138,000  resulted from a
gain on the  sale of  securities and  an increase in  the rent  received from  a
Company-owned building.
 
    The  net  loss from  discontinued  operations and  disposal  of discontinued
operations was approximately $59,000 (net of tax) for fiscal 1995. The net  loss
from  discontinued operations  and disposal of  discontinued operations resulted
from the closing of the Company's Gamesters-Registered Trademark-, a video  game
specialty store.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    The  Company has  funded its  operations through  cash from  operations, the
proceeds of prior equity and  debt offerings, borrowings under bank  facilities,
trade  credit and equipment leases. The Company's principal capital requirements
are for the acquisition of existing stores, the opening of new superstores,  and
the purchase of videocassette rental inventory.
 
    At   April  30,  1996,  the  Company   had  cash  and  cash  equivalents  of
approximately $676,000. The Company  uses an unclassified  balance sheet in  its
financial  statements,  and  as  a  result,  does  not  classify  its  assets or
liabilities as current or  noncurrent. If the Company  were to use a  classified
balance sheet, a portion of videocassette rental inventories would be classified
as  noncurrent because they  are not assets  that are reasonably  expected to be
completely realized in cash or sold in  one year. The acquisition cost of  these
inventories,  however, would  be reflected  in current  liabilities. The Company
believes that classification of  videocassette rental inventories as  noncurrent
assets  would be misleading  because it would  not indicate the  level of assets
expected to be converted into  cash in the next year  as a result of rentals  or
sales of these videocassettes.
 
    For the year ended April 30, 1996, net cash provided by operating activities
was  approximately  $19,083,000.  Net  cash used  in  investment  activities was
approximately $53,683,000, consisting primarily of approximately $17,391,000 for
businesses acquired during  the period,  approximately $12,301,000  for new  and
remodeled   stores,   and  approximately   $22,739,000   for  the   purchase  of
videocassette inventory for existing and new  stores, and for the conversion  of
stores  acquired during the period. Net cash generated from financing activities
was approximately  $29,703,000, resulting  primarily from  the exercise  of  the
Class A Warrants.
 
    In April 1996, the Company entered into a one-year revolving credit facility
with Bank of America Illinois (the "Line of Credit") under which the Company may
borrow  up to $10,000,000, with amounts  borrowed thereunder bearing interest at
variable rates based  on the  federal funds rate,  prime rate  or the  interbank
Eurodollar  rate. The Line of Credit is convertible into a two-year term loan if
it is not renewed. As of  the date of this Prospectus, approximately  $8,000,000
was  outstanding under the Line of Credit, bearing interest at 8.25%. During the
term of  the  Line of  Credit  and thereafter  to  the extent  any  amounts  are
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
outstanding  under  the  Line  of  Credit, the  Company  is  subject  to various
restrictive covenants, including limitations on further indebtedness, other than
trade credit and capital or operating leases, and requirements that the  Company
obtain  the  written  consent  of  Bank  of  America  (the  "Bank")  for certain
acquisitions of  new  businesses  or  their  assets  (excluding  new  superstore
openings)  or entering into business combinations, including mergers, syndicates
or joint ventures. In particular, the  Bank's prior consent is required for  any
merger,  acquisition or purchase in which  the consideration paid by the Company
exceeds (a) 5% of the Company's consolidated stockholder's equity ("Net  Worth")
immediately  prior to any one acquisition and (b) 10% of the Company's Net Worth
as of  its  most  recent fiscal  year  end  in  the aggregate  as  to  all  such
acquisitions.  The Line of  Credit also restricts  the amount and  terms of debt
that may  be issued  to sellers  of acquired  businesses and  requires that  the
Company  maintain certain cash  flow ratios as  well as certain  ratios of total
liabilities to tangible net worth.
 
    In fiscal 1996, the Company opened  35 new superstores. The Company  expects
to  open 60 or more new superstores during fiscal 1997. The Company expects that
each superstore opening  will require  on average  initial capital  expenditures
estimated  at $260,000,  including leasehold  improvements, inventory, equipment
and  costs   related  to   site  location,   lease  negotiations,   construction
supervision,   and  local  permits,   but  excluding  a   portion  of  leasehold
improvements that  are  customarily paid  for  by the  property  developer.  The
Company expects to finance these new superstore openings with proceeds from this
Offering, cash from operations and amounts available under the Line of Credit.
 
    During  fiscal 1996,  the Company  acquired, in  12 transactions,  136 video
retail stores.  The cost  of  conversion of  acquired  stores to  the  Company's
superstore  design varies and,  unless remodeled, has  ranged from approximately
$12,000 to  $86,000  per  store,  which costs  were  primarily  related  to  the
installation of the Company's POS system, interior and exterior signage, and the
addition of inventory.
 
    In  connection with  six of the  Company's recent acquisitions  in which the
Company has issued an  aggregate of 635,613  shares of Class  A Common Stock  to
sellers,  the  Company may  be  obligated to  make  Deficiency Payments  to such
sellers equal to  the difference  between the  Guaranteed Price  for each  share
issued,  and the actual market  or sales price of such  shares as of a specified
date. Based upon the closing sale price of the Class A Common Stock of $9.00  on
July  9, 1996, the aggregate Deficiency Payments  that the Company may be liable
for is approximately $1,131,000 (all of  which, except for payments that may  be
due  with respect  to 40,000  shares, may be  paid in  shares of  Class A Common
Stock, at the Company's option).
 
    To the extent that the Company pursues any future acquisitions, the  Company
expects  to finance such acquisitions  from the net proceeds  of debt and equity
offerings,  including  this  Offering,  with  cash  from  operations,  and  from
borrowings  under  credit facilities.  See "Use  of  Proceeds" and  "Business --
Growth Strategy."
 
    The Company has  amended recourse notes  receivables (the "Recourse  Notes")
from   the  Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  from  the  President  for
approximately  $2,055,000  and   $1,142,000,  respectively,  including   accrued
interest  through April  30, 1996.  The Recourse  Notes, which  provide for full
recourse  against  the   respective  officer's  personal   assets  and   Company
stockholdings,  are payable in ten equal  annual installments, the last of which
is due in May 2005,  and accrue interest at 6.9%  per annum. The Recourse  Notes
were  issued by  the executives  upon their exercise  in August  1995 of 420,000
options granted to them under the Stock Option Plans in May 1995 at an  exercise
price  of $4.3125, the  fair market value of  the stock on  the date the options
were granted. The  Recourse Notes  represent the  total exercise  price of  such
options  plus amounts advanced by the Company to such executives to satisfy then
anticipated tax liabilities.  The Recourse Notes  are expected to  be repaid  in
full  from  the  net  proceeds  of  the  sale  of  the  shares  by  the  Selling
Stockholders, and through  other means,  if necessary, in  connection with  this
Offering.  See  "Use of  Proceeds,"  "Certain Transactions"  and  "Principal and
Selling Stockholders."
 
    In addition, as of April  30, 1996, the Company  has a note receivable  from
the  President of the Company for $29,000 which accrues interest at 8% per annum
and is due November 1996. The note  represents advances from the Company to  the
President from January 1994 to April 1994, together with accrued interest.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
    The  Company generally does not offer lines  of credit or guarantees for the
obligations of its franchisees, although on occasion, the Company has made short
term  loans  to  current  franchisees.  The  Company  intends  to  evaluate  the
possibility  of  providing loans  or limited  guarantees for  certain franchisee
obligations, which  in the  aggregate are  not expected  to be  material to  the
Company's financial condition.
 
    Substantially  all Company-owned stores  are in leased  premises, except for
three stores that  are located  on premises owned  by the  Company. The  Company
expects that most future stores will occupy leased premises.
 
    The  Company believes that  the net proceeds of  the Offering, together with
its current cash from operations and borrowing capabilities, will be  sufficient
to  meet  its anticipated  cash requirements  and planned  growth over  the next
twelve months.
 
INFLATION
 
    To date, inflation has not had a material effect on the Company's  business.
The  Company anticipates that its business  will be affected by general economic
trends. Although the Company has not operated during a period of high inflation,
it believes that it  would generally be able  to pass increased costs  resulting
from inflation on to customers.
 
SEASONALITY AND QUARTERLY FLUCTUATIONS
 
    The   following  table  sets  forth  certain  selected  unaudited  quarterly
financial information of  the Company for  the periods indicated  and should  be
read  in conjunction with the Company's  financial statements and notes thereto,
and other financial information included elsewhere herein.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED                      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                    --------------------------------------   ------------------------------------
                                                    JULY 31,   OCT 31,   JAN 31,   APR 30,   JULY 31,   OCT 31,  JAN 31,  APR 30,
                                                      1994      1994      1995      1995       1995      1995     1996     1996
                                                    --------   -------   -------   -------   --------   -------  -------  -------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>
Revenues..........................................   $1,231    $1,712    $2,903    $3,205     $5,172    $10,671  $17,076  $17,585
Operating income (loss)...........................        7       127       325       164        507        818    1,944     (764)
Other income (loss)...............................     (237)      (16)      (11)       68         24         47       89      156
Net income (loss).................................     (146)       27       177        96        300        486    1,177     (335)
Net income (loss) per share (1)...................   $ (.20)   $  .01    $  .07    $  .03     $  .05    $   .05  $   .10  $  (.03)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) Includes the  effect of  the change for  recognizing salvage  value of  base
    stock  and the  effect of  the application of  the new  method of amortizing
    videocassette copies in excess of the base stock to May 1, 1995, which  had,
    in  total, the impact  of increasing amortization  expense by $2,773,000 and
    decreasing net income by $1,604,000, or $.15 per share, for fiscal 1996, all
    of which has been recorded in the fourth quarter.
 
    The video rental  industry generally experiences  revenue declines in  April
and  May, due  in part to  the change to  Daylight Savings Time  and to improved
weather, and in September and  October, due in part  to school openings and  the
introduction of new network and cable television programs.
 
    The  Company's  video  rental business  may  be affected  by  other factors,
including acquisitions by the Company  of existing video stores, additional  and
existing  competition, marketing  programs, weather, special  or unusual events,
variations in the  number of  superstore openings,  the quality  of new  release
titles available for rental and sale and other factors that may affect retailers
in general.
 
    INFORMATION  CONTAINED  IN  THIS "MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" SECTION CONTAINS "FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS" WITHIN THE MEANING OF  THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM  ACT
OF  1995, WHICH CAN BE IDENTIFIED BY THE USE OF FORWARD-LOOKING TERMINOLOGY SUCH
AS "MAY," "WILL,"  "WOULD," "COULD," "INTEND,"  "PLAN," "EXPECT,"  "ANTICIPATE,"
"ESTIMATE"  OR "CONTINUE" OR THE NEGATIVE THEREOF OR OTHER VARIATIONS THEREON OR
COMPARABLE  TERMINOLOGY.  PLEASE  SEE  "RISK  FACTORS"  FOR  CERTAIN  CAUTIONARY
STATEMENTS  IDENTIFYING IMPORTANT  FACTORS WITH RESPECT  TO SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS, INCLUDING CERTAIN RISKS AND  UNCERTAINTIES, THAT COULD CAUSE  ACTUAL
RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
    The  Company owns  and operates  214 video  specialty stores  under the name
"Video  Update"  located  in  Alaska,  Arizona,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Minnesota,
Missouri,  Nevada, Pennsylvania, Texas, Washington  and Canada and franchises 25
additional video specialty stores predominantly in the United States, as of June
30, 1996.  All  of  the  Company's  stores in  the  United  States,  and  32  or
approximately  46% of the  Company's Canadian stores,  are superstores which are
defined as retail  video stores  that carry more  than 7,500  rental units.  The
Company  believes that, as of the end of  its most recent fiscal year, it is the
fourth largest  video specialty  retailer in  the United  States and  the  third
largest  video specialty  retailer in  Canada based on  the number  of stores it
operates and franchises.  Video Update stores  in the United  States and  Canada
offer  on  average approximately  11,000 and  7,700 rental  units, respectively,
including multiple copies  of new  and popular releases  and video  games, in  a
visually appealing and customer friendly layout.
 
    The  Company franchised its first store in January 1983 and opened its first
Company-owned store in September 1989. By July 1994, when the Company  completed
its  initial public offering,  the Company had grown  to 15 Company-owned stores
and 30 franchised stores  and had developed  a cost-effective superstore  format
that  distinguished the Company from other  video retailers by providing it with
the flexibility to expand into desirable  sites in both small and large  markets
without  compromising profitability or  decreasing the number  of viable markets
into which it could expand. During fiscal 1996, the Company grew rapidly in size
from 33 to 204  Company-owned stores. During this  period, the Company  acquired
136  video stores in 12  transactions and opened 35  new video superstores. Same
store sales during fiscal  1996 increased by approximately  16%. As a result  of
these  acquisitions, new superstore openings and  increases in same store sales,
the Company's revenues  and net income  increased from approximately  $9,051,000
and  $154,000  in fiscal  1995, respectively,  to approximately  $50,504,000 and
$1,628,000 in fiscal 1996, respectively.
 
GENERAL
 
    THE HOME VIDEO INDUSTRY
 
    The home video retail industry  has experienced significant growth over  the
last  several years. According to Paul Kagan's  THE STATE OF HOME VIDEO industry
report, gross revenues  for the home  video industry in  the United States  have
grown from approximately $2.9 billion for rentals and approximately $656 million
for sales in 1985 to approximately $9.9 billion for rentals and approximately $5
billion for sales in 1995 and are projected to reach approximately $12.7 billion
and  approximately $9.1  billion, respectively, by  the year  2005. Paul Kagan's
research also indicates  that in  1995 over  80% of  American households  owning
televisions also owned a VCR.
 
    According  to Paul  Kagan, total United  States consumer  spending on filmed
entertainment  has  increased  from  approximately  $4.6  billion  in  1980   to
approximately  $31 billion in  1994. According to MEDIA  GROUP RESEARCH, a video
industry analyst, the home video market was the largest single source of revenue
to movie  studios, accounting  for  approximately 54%  of movie  studios'  total
revenues.  Of the  many movies  produced by  major studios  and released  in the
United States each year, relatively few are profitable for the studios based  on
box  office  revenue alone.  In addition  to purchasing  box office  hits, video
specialty stores typically purchase movies on video that were not as  successful
at  the box office because customers will often rent a video that they might not
view at a theater. The Company believes that the consumer is more likely to view
movies that were not box office hits on a rented video than on any other  medium
because  video specialty  stores provide an  inviting opportunity  to browse and
make an  impulse choice  among  a very  broad selection  of  movie titles  at  a
relatively  low price.  These purchases  by the  video stores  provide the major
movie studios  with a  reliable source  of  revenue for  the majority  of  their
movies.
 
    The  Company believes  that the  home video  industry is  highly fragmented.
According to Paul  Kagan, in  1994 an  estimated 27,400  video specialty  stores
operated  in  the  United  States,  including  approximately  6,100 superstores.
According to VIDEO STORE MAGAZINE, only nine multiple store businesses  operated
in excess of 100 stores in 1995. The Company also believes that there has been a
recent  trend toward  consolidation in the  retail video industry  driven by the
recognition by  store  operators  of  the  competitive  advantages  that  larger
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
organizations   enjoy  in  terms   of  access  to   working  capital,  marketing
efficiencies and other  economies of scale  and the enhanced  ability to  obtain
quality  retail  locations.  The Company  believes  that  attractive acquisition
opportunities will continue to arise as the industry consolidates.
 
    Although the domestic video retail industry includes both rentals and sales,
the consumer market for videos has primarily been a rental market. Movie studios
determine the  suggested  retail  prices  of videos  and  through  that  pricing
influence  the relative levels of video rentals  and sales. Videos released at a
relatively high price, generally $60 or  more, are generally purchased by  video
retailers  and made  available for rental.  Videos released at  a relatively low
price, typically between $15 and $25, are generally purchased by video retailers
for both sale  and rental  and may  be purchased by  consumers at  a variety  of
retail  locations. The Company  believes that movie  studios attempt to maximize
total revenue from video releases by  maintaining retail prices at a  relatively
high  level during the first four months to  one year after a new video release,
during which time sales  are made primarily to  video retailers for rental,  and
then  releasing the video at  a lower price to  promote sales to consumers. From
time to time, however, certain movies that  are believed to have mass appeal  or
family  appeal, such  as BATMAN  FOREVER, POCAHONTAS  and CASPER,  are initially
released for sale at  a relatively low price.  Video retailers purchase a  large
portion  of these titles at  the same low price,  which titles thereafter become
low cost  rentals for  such  retailers. These  lower  priced releases  are  more
attractive  rentals to  the retailers  because of  the relatively  few number of
rentals required to recover their cost  and provide a favorable economic  return
to such retailers.
 
    Historically,  new  technologies  have  led to  the  creation  of additional
distribution channels for movie  studios. Movie studios  seek to maximize  their
revenues  by releasing  movies in sequential  release date  "windows" to various
movie distribution channels. These  distribution channels currently include,  in
release  date order, movie theaters, video specialty stores, pay-per-view, basic
cable television, and  foreign, network and  syndicated television. The  Company
believes  that this  method of sequential  release has allowed  movie studios to
increase their  total  revenue with  relatively  little adverse  effect  on  the
revenue derived from previously established channels and that movie studios will
continue  the practice of sequential release as new distribution channels become
available. According to Paul Kagan, many  movie studios have recently agreed  to
extend  the length of the exclusive window  on many new release videos for video
specialty stores from the current practice of 30 days to between 60 and 90 days.
 
OPERATING STRATEGY
 
    The Company's management has substantial  experience in the video  retailing
industry.  The Company's senior  management operations team  has worked together
for more than ten years. Through the management team, the Company has  developed
a  cost-effective superstore  format that  distinguishes the  Company from other
video retailers by providing  it with the flexibility  to expand into  desirable
sites  in both  small and  large markets  without compromising  profitability or
decreasing the number of viable markets  into which it can expand.  Management's
depth  of  experience in  and knowledge  of  the industry  are reflected  in the
Company's operating strategy, the key elements of which include the following:
 
    PROVIDE EXTENSIVE SELECTION OF VIDEOCASSETTES.  All of the Company's  stores
in  the United States  and 32, or  approximately 46%, of  the Company's Canadian
stores are superstores. Superstores are video rental stores that have more  than
7,500  rental  units.  The  Company  believes  that  an  extensive  selection of
videocassettes is a key determinant that consumers consider in choosing to visit
and patronize a particular video  store. The Company tailors the  videocassettes
available for rent in a given store according to the market served by the store.
Additionally,  catalog videocassettes (those in release  for more than one year)
are displayed in a library  style (spine-out method) allowing for  significantly
more  videocassettes to  be made  available for rent.  As a  result, the Company
believes that it is able to  provide an extensive selection, yet retain  greater
flexibility  than many of its competitors in terms of store size in which it can
operate. Video Update stores  in the United States  and Canada offer on  average
approximately 11,000 and 7,700 rental units, respectively.
 
    EFFECTIVELY  MANAGE INVENTORIES.   The  Company maintains  an integrated POS
system that provides it with immediate access to and feedback on records related
to, among  other things,  videocassette rentals,  individual title  performance,
category   rental  performance,  shrinkage  and  overdue  rentals.  The  Company
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
endeavors to convert the POS systems of acquired stores to that of the Company's
as quickly as is practicable. The Company utilizes its POS system to manage  its
inventory  turns, purchase new inventory, and balance customer demand and rental
trends, all of which the Company believes maximizes each store's profitability.
 
    AGGRESSIVE MARKETING.  The Company utilizes an aggressive marketing  program
designed  to  attract new  customers and  increase the  frequency of  rentals by
current customers. The Company  focuses its marketing  on individual stores  and
the  local markets in  which they operate.  Direct mailings, including postcards
and  flyers,  are  utilized   regularly.  Additionally,  the  Company   promotes
extensively   with  couponing  and  cross   promotions.  The  Company's  popular
"Two-for-Tuesday" rental promotion is  used throughout its  system and has  been
effective  in building customer loyalty  and increasing revenue on  a day of the
week that historically has not been a significant rental volume day.
 
    GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION.   The Company intends  to continue developing  new
superstores and acquiring existing chains of stores in regions where the Company
has  existing operations.  The Company  also intends  to expand  into additional
metropolitan areas where it determines that sufficient quality locations  and/or
acquisition   opportunities  are  available.  The  Company  believes  that  this
geographic concentration will  allow the  Company to more  easily monitor  store
operations  through  its regional  management offices  and to  achieve operating
efficiencies in  inventory  management, marketing,  distribution,  training  and
store  supervision. Because the Company operates  multiple stores, it is able to
receive relatively  large aggregate  cooperative  advertising credits  from  its
distributors.  The  Company receives  cooperative  advertising credits  for each
store it  operates, and  by operating  multiple stores  in a  single  geographic
market,  the Company can more effectively use cooperative advertising credits to
maximize the impact of its advertising.
 
    CONSISTENCY OF  IMAGE AND  OPERATIONS.   The  Company  strives to  create  a
national  presence and name  recognition. To achieve this  objective and to most
efficiently and effectively operate its stores, the Company attempts to maintain
consistency among its Company-owned and  franchised stores. This consistency  of
operations  includes  signage, store  layout, marketing,  management information
systems and customer service. The  Company attempts to fully integrate  acquired
stores  into its overall  format as quickly as  is practicable. Such integration
typically involves the prompt installation of the management information systems
and  interior  signage,  supplementing  the  existing  base  stock  of   titles,
processing  acquired  videocassettes,  training  existing  management  and sales
personnel, and completing limited build-out of the facilities. Substantially all
of the Company's acquired stores to date have completed these integration items.
Subject to permit requirements and  other such regulatory controls, the  Company
installs exterior signage as soon as practicable. To expedite the integration of
acquired   businesses,  the  Company  has  developed  a  uniform  approach  that
management believes minimizes the time necessary to fully assimilate an acquired
store's operations into those of the Company.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
    The Company's objective is to become a national presence in the video rental
industry. The key elements of the Company's growth strategy are the following:
 
    TARGETED ACQUISITIONS.  The Company believes that acquiring chains of stores
is often the most  cost-effective means of entering  a new market,  particularly
when  the stores are in desirable locations.  The Company also believes that the
rental video industry has experienced a recent trend toward consolidation driven
by the recognition by store operators of the competitive advantages that  larger
organizations   enjoy  in  terms   of  access  to   working  capital,  marketing
efficiencies and other  economies of scale  and the enhanced  ability to  obtain
quality  retail locations. This trend has created an opportunity for the Company
to grow further through acquisitions. The Company believes that it will continue
to be presented with attractive acquisition opportunities.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
    During  fiscal  1996,  the Company  grew  rapidly  in size  from  33  to 204
Company-owned stores. Approximately 80% of such growth was accomplished  through
acquisitions   with  the   balance  resulting  from   new  superstore  openings.
Altogether, the  Company acquired  136 video  stores in  12 transactions  during
fiscal 1996.
 
    The  following  table summarizes  the 12  acquisitions  made by  the Company
during fiscal 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        DATE OF             NUMBER OF           LOCATION OF
       ACQUIRED BUSINESSES            ACQUISITION        STORES ACQUIRED         STORE(S)
- ---------------------------------  ------------------  -------------------  -------------------
<S>                                <C>                 <C>                  <C>
Video Powerstore, Inc.             June 1995                       22       Arizona/Nevada
Tops N Video                       June 1995                        3       Arizona
Steve Nielsen Corp.                July 1995                        1       Minnesota
AV Video, Inc.                     August 1995                     14       Washington
Wilderness Video Group Ltd.        August 1995                     55       Canada
Indy Video, Inc.                   September 1995                  10       Indiana
94 Video West, Inc.                October 1995                    12       Canada
Mega Movies, Inc.                  October 1995                     2       Alaska
Talerico Enterprises, Inc.         October 1995                     6       Arizona
B&R Investment, Inc.               October 1995                     1       Minnesota
Videoland, Inc.                    November 1995                    7       Indiana
Bedard Entertainment, Inc.         January 1996                     3       Minnesota
                                                                  ---
  Total                                                           136
                                                                  ---
                                                                  ---
</TABLE>
 
    NEW SUPERSTORE DEVELOPMENT.  The Company  intends to continue to expand  its
operations  through  new superstore  openings. During  fiscal 1996,  the Company
opened 35 new  video superstores. The  Company expects  to open 60  or more  new
superstores  during fiscal 1997,  principally in markets  with multiple shopping
areas and a sufficient population base to support more than one video  specialty
superstore  operator.  The  Company intends  to  open these  superstores  in its
existing markets and  selected new  markets where  attractive opportunities  are
available.  The  Company  believes  that  the  selection  of  locations  for its
superstores has been  and will continue  to be  critical to the  success of  its
operations.  Important criteria for  the selection of  a new superstore location
include  density  of  local  residential  population,  traffic  count  on  roads
immediately adjacent to the superstore location, visibility of the superstore to
passing  motorists, easy accessibility and  ample parking. The Company estimates
that each new superstore currently requires 12 months of operations in order  to
ramp-up to its expected level of mature operations.
 
    FRANCHISE  OPERATIONS.    The  Company  intends  to  increase  its franchise
marketing and to expand its franchise operations. Franchised superstores operate
under substantially the  same hours  and methods of  operation as  Company-owned
superstores. The Company currently intends to franchise superstores primarily in
areas  where the Company does not expect to pursue new superstore development or
acquisitions.
 
STORE OPERATIONS AND LOCATIONS
 
    Each Video  Update  store operates  under  substantially the  same  plan  of
operation.  Company-owned  stores are  open  365 days  a  year with  daily hours
generally from 10:00 a.m. to 11:00  p.m. Sunday through Thursday and from  10:00
a.m. to 12 midnight Friday and Saturday. The Company's stores use a self-service
system,  whereby customers select  products from the shelves  and proceed to the
checkout counter. Video Update  stores in the United  States and Canada  average
approximately  5,700 and  3,500 square  feet in  size, respectively. Superstores
developed in fiscal 1996  averaged approximately 6,700 square  feet in size  and
are representative of the Company's superstore prototype going forward.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
    The  Company seeks to locate its stores in geographic areas that will enable
it to  achieve  operating  efficiencies in  inventory  management,  advertising,
marketing,  distribution, training  and store  supervision. The  following table
sets forth the locations of existing  Company-owned and franchised stores as  of
June 30, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           NUMBER OF                NUMBER OF           TOTAL
STATE OR PROVINCE                    COMPANY-OWNED STORES       FRANCHISED STORES      STORES
- ---------------------------------  -------------------------  ---------------------  -----------
<S>                                <C>                        <C>                    <C>
Alaska                                             2                        -                 2
Arizona                                           35                        -                35
Illinois                                           8                        -                 8
Indiana                                           20                        -                20
Minnesota                                         42                        9                51
Missouri                                           3                        -                 3
Nevada                                             4                        -                 4
New Hampshire                                      -                        4                 4
Pennsylvania                                       5                        1                 6
South Carolina                                     -                        1                 1
Texas                                              1                        -                 1
Virginia                                           -                        8                 8
Washington                                        25                        -                25
Wisconsin                                          -                        1                 1
 
Alberta                                           23                        -                23
British Columbia                                  45                        1                46
Saskatchewan                                       1                        -                 1
                                                                           --
                                                 ---                                        ---
        Total                                    214                       25               239
                                                                           --
                                                                           --
                                                 ---                                        ---
                                                 ---                                        ---
</TABLE>
 
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
 
    The  Company believes the  accurate and efficient  management of purchasing,
inventory and sales  records has been  important to the  Company's success.  The
Company  maintains information,  updated daily,  regarding revenue,  current and
historical sales  and  rental activity,  demographics  of store  membership  and
videocassette  rental patterns. This  information can be  organized by store, by
region or for all operations.
 
    The Company  maintains a  national POS  system and  a corporate  information
system.  All rental and sales  transactions are recorded by  the POS system when
scanned at the time of customer checkout. Nightly, the POS system transmits each
store's data from operations into the corporate information system. The  systems
track  all rental and sales products  from the videocassette distribution center
to each store  using scanned  bar code  information. The  systems also  maintain
detailed  rental history of  each customer and  title. This information produces
the reports  used by  the Company,  including those  used in  making  purchasing
decisions  on new releases.  All of the  Company's stores, including  all of the
acquired stores, use the Company's POS system.
 
PRODUCTS
 
    VIDEOCASSETTE RENTAL.  The Company's primary source of revenue is the rental
of videocassettes. Video rental prices per  night generally range from $2.49  to
$3.49 for new releases to $1.99 for catalog titles. Videocassettes are available
for  one-night,  two-night  or  multiple  night  rental.  The  Company's  stores
generally carry approximately 11,000 and 7,700  videos for rent in its U.S.  and
Canadian  stores,  respectively,  representing  approximately  7,900  and  5,500
titles, respectively. Movie titles are  classified into at least 23  categories,
such   as  "Action,"  "Drama,"  "Family,"   and  "Children"  and  are  displayed
alphabetically within those categories. The Company determines its rental prices
for titles and duration  of rentals based  on the length of  time the title  has
been available on videocassette. The Company believes that its rental prices are
competitive  with  those  of  other video  stores,  and  its  videocassettes are
available for one-day and multiple-day rentals.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
    VIDEO GAMES.  In addition to  videocassette rentals, stores also rent  video
games for use with Sony Playstation-TM-, Nintendo-TM- and Sega Genesis-TM- video
game machines.
 
    ADDITIONAL  PRODUCTS.  The Company recently began renting audio books, which
are now available  in a majority  of its  stores. The selection  of audio  books
includes  fiction and non-fiction classics, and educational materials and books.
For  the  convenience   of  its   customers,  the  Company   also  sells   blank
videocassettes  and video cleaning  equipment and rents  videocassette and video
game players. In  addition, the Company  sells previously viewed  videocassettes
and new and used video games.
 
FRANCHISE OPERATIONS
 
    To  maximize its ability to  expand rapidly in the  home video business, the
Company has employed a strategy of developing Video Update superstores through a
combination of  Company-owned and  franchised superstores.  The balance  between
Company  and franchise development in a given market is determined by evaluating
a number of  different criteria,  including the availability  of acquisition  or
store development opportunities and resources.
 
    The  standard Company franchise agreement  generally requires the franchisee
to pay the Company a continuing monthly royalty fee equal to five percent of the
franchisee's gross  monthly  revenue,  as  calculated under  the  terms  of  the
franchise  agreement.  The  franchisee  is also  generally  obligated  to  pay a
continuing monthly royalty fee of one percent of gross monthly revenues  derived
specifically  from the sale of certain  video products. The monthly royalty fees
are calculated and due  from the date that  the franchised superstore opens  for
business.  In addition to  the royalty payments,  franchisees generally also are
required to  pay  a  monthly  advertising  fee  equal  to  one  percent  of  the
franchisee's gross monthly revenue for the preceding month.
 
    Under the Company's current franchising program, the Company will grant to a
franchise  owner the right to develop one  or a specified number of Video Update
superstores at  an  approved  location  or  future  locations  (within  specific
geographic   areas)  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  a  franchise  agreement.  The
exclusivity accorded to  a franchisee is  individually negotiated but  generally
does  not extend beyond a radius of one mile from the franchised location. Prior
to the actual store  opening, the Company provides  advice to the franchisee  on
promotions,  store  displays  and  inventory  control  as  well  as  a  five day
comprehensive training course.
 
    The Company monitors franchisees' compliance with ongoing obligations on the
basis of monthly revenue  reports and ordered  inventory reports. The  franchise
agreement  generally also grants the Company the right to audit the franchisee's
books, business records, sales reports, financial statements, and tax returns at
any time. The franchise agreement allows the Company to terminate the  franchise
under  certain conditions, including without  limitation, failure to comply with
the Company's operating guidelines, failure to obtain and maintain the necessary
retail  licenses  and   permits,  operation  of   a  competitive  venture,   and
understatement  of gross monthly revenues for  any two operating periods by more
than two percent.  To date,  the Company  has experienced  no material  problems
relating to the understatement of revenues by franchisees.
 
MARKETING AND ADVERTISING
 
    The  Company  primarily relies  on direct  mail  advertising to  promote its
business and increase the familiarity  of potential customers with the  Company.
The  Company's direct mail typically consists of pricing-related promotions such
as two-for-one coupons or a free rental coupon for new customers. The  Company's
general  practice of opening several Company-owned or franchised stores within a
geographic region enables it  to maximize the  effectiveness of its  advertising
expenditures.  The cost of  these activities is  generally funded by cooperative
movie advertising promotions made available  by studios or suppliers to  promote
certain  videocassettes.  The Company  also  benefits from  the  advertising and
marketing of studios and  theaters in connection with  their efforts to  promote
films and increase box office revenues.
 
    The  Company relies on referrals from current franchisees and advertising in
franchise-oriented publications in marketing its franchises.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
SUPPLIERS
 
    The Company acquires  its inventory  of videocassettes and  video games  and
accessories  from several videocassette suppliers,  including local divisions of
Sight and Sound Distributors of St. Louis, Missouri ("Sight and Sound"), Baker &
Taylor,  Inc.  of  Chicago,  Illinois,  Ingram  Entertainment  Incorporated   of
Nashville, Tennessee, and Midwest Multimedia & Games of Chicago, Illinois.
 
    The  videocassette  inventory  in each  Company-owned  and  franchised store
consists of catalog titles and new  release titles. To develop its inventory  of
titles  for store openings,  the Company transfers  videocassettes from existing
stores and purchases videocassettes from suppliers.
 
    The Company  currently purchases  new release  rental videocassettes  at  an
average  cost of approximately $40 to $45. Since September 1989, the Company has
acquired most of its new release inventory from Sight and Sound, and during each
of fiscal  1995 and  1996 the  Company purchased  approximately 75%  of its  new
release   titles  from  that  supplier.  The   Company  believes  that,  if  its
relationship with  Sight and  Sound were  terminated, the  Company could  obtain
videocassettes  from other suppliers at prices  and on terms comparable to those
available from Sight and Sound.
 
    Suppliers generally provide the Company with a comprehensive monthly listing
of all new  video releases.  In addition,  movie studios  generally provide  the
Company  with several copies of a new  release video for preview by the Company.
The Company's movie  selection committee  uses listings of  new releases,  video
previews,  knowledge of the popularity of  past video releases and the Company's
computerized information on the past performance of titles rented by the Company
to select the  titles and  number of  copies of each  title to  be acquired  for
rental  in each of  its stores. The  Company is permitted  to return unopened or
defective videocassettes to its suppliers in certain circumstances. The  Company
purchases video game software from a variety of distributors, based on price and
availability.
 
INVENTORY
 
    New release videocassettes are ordered by the Company and delivered directly
to  stores where they are offered for rental  or sale on the studio release date
for the  title. Previously  viewed  inventory for  existing  and new  stores  is
received, processed and stored in the Company's approximately 34,000 square foot
central  distribution facility located  in St. Paul,  Minnesota. New release and
previously viewed videocassettes and games are processed for rental according to
uniform Company-wide standards. Each videocassette is removed from its  original
carton  and  placed in  a  standard Video  Update  rental case  with  a magnetic
security device. Bar  codes are  then affixed  to each  videocassette and  video
game. For previously viewed videocassettes, the artwork from the original carton
is  cut out and inserted into clear  pockets on the standard Video Update rental
case for shelf display. For new  release videocassettes, the original carton  is
displayed  separately  in  front  of  the  standard  Video  Update  rental  case
containing the videocassette.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The video retail industry is  highly competitive. The Company competes  with
other video retail stores, including Blockbuster and other superstores, and with
supermarkets,  pharmacies, convenience stores,  bookstores, mass merchants, mail
order operations,  vending  machines  and  other  retailers,  as  well  as  with
noncommercial  sources such  as libraries. In  addition to  competing with other
video retailers,  the  Company  competes  with  other  leisure-time  activities,
especially  entertainment activities  such as  movie theaters,  sporting events,
network television and cable television.
 
    The Company  also  competes  with other  distribution  channels  for  studio
movies,   including  pay-per-view  television  on  basic  cable  service,  which
currently offer only a limited number of channels and monthly movie  selections.
Recently developed digital compression technology combined with fiber optics and
other  technology  will  eventually  permit  cable  companies,  direct broadcast
satellite companies and  other telecommunications companies  to transmit a  much
greater  number of  movies to homes  at scheduled intervals  throughout the day.
Ultimately, these technologies could lead to  the availability of movies to  the
consumer  on demand. Certain  cable and other  telecommunications companies have
tested and are continuing to test movie on demand services in some markets.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    Certain of the Company's larger, better capitalized competitors may seek  to
acquire  some  of the  same video  specialty  stores that  the Company  seeks to
acquire. Such  competition for  acquisitions would  likely increase  acquisition
prices   and  related   costs  and   result  in   fewer  attractive  acquisition
opportunities, which  could have  a  material adverse  effect on  the  Company's
growth.
 
    The   Company's  franchise   operations  compete   with  numerous  franchise
operations in  many industries  that have  significantly greater  financial  and
human resources and more experience in selling franchises than does the Company.
Potential   franchisees  may  believe  that   these  franchisors  offer  greater
opportunities for success than the Company.
 
TRADEMARKS
 
    The  Company  has   a  federal   registration  for   its  trademark   "Video
Update-Registered  Trademark-"  and  a  logo that  includes  its  trademark. The
Company considers  its service  marks  and trademarks  to  be important  to  its
business and intends to actively protect them.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
    The  Company is subject to various  federal, state and local laws, including
the Federal Videotape Privacy Protection Act and similar state laws that  govern
the  disclosure and destruction  of video rental records.  The Company also must
comply with  various regulations  affecting its  business, including  state  and
local licensing, zoning, land use, construction and environmental regulations.
 
    The  Company  has not  made,  nor does  it  anticipate making,  any material
capital expenditures  in  order to  comply  with environmental  regulations.  No
assurance  can be given, however, that new environmental regulations will not be
adopted that will require the Company to make material capital expenditures  for
compliance.
 
    The  Company  also  is  subject  to  the  Federal  Trade  Commission's Trade
Regulation Rule entitled  "Disclosure Requirements  and Prohibitions  Concerning
Franchising  and Business Opportunity  Ventures" (the "FTC  Franchise Rule") and
state laws and  regulations that  govern the offer  and sale  of franchises.  To
offer  and sell franchises, the Company is required by the FTC Franchise Rule to
furnish each prospective franchisee a current franchise offering circular  prior
to the sale of a franchise. In addition, a number of states require a franchisor
to comply with registration or filing requirements prior to offering a franchise
in  the state and to  provide a prospective franchisee  with a current franchise
offering circular complying  with the  state's laws, prior  to the  sale of  the
franchise.  The Company intends  to maintain a  franchise offering circular that
complies with all applicable federal and state franchise sales laws. However, if
the Company is unable to comply with the franchise sales laws and regulations of
any state that regulates the offer and sales of franchises, the Company will  be
unable to offer and sell franchises in such state.
 
    The Company is required to update its franchise offering circular to reflect
material  changes, under applicable law, regarding its franchise offering and to
comply with  changes in  disclosure  requirements. The  occurrence of  any  such
material  changes may, from time  to time, require the  Company to stop offering
and selling  franchises until  its franchise  offering circular  is updated.  No
assurance  can  be given  that  the Company's  franchising  program will  not be
adversely affected  by  its  failure  to register  or  file  in  certain  states
consistent  with its expansion plans, or  because compliance with applicable law
necessitates that the Company cease  offering and selling franchises in  certain
states  until  its franchise  offering  circular is  updated  or because  of its
inability to comply with existing or future franchise laws.
 
    The Company also is subject to a  number of state laws and regulations  that
regulate  certain substantive aspects of the franchisor-franchisee relationship,
including  those  governing  the  termination,  or  nonrenewal  of  a  franchise
agreement  (such as  requirements that  "good cause" exist  as a  basis for such
termination and that a  franchisee be given  advance notice of,  and a right  to
cure,  a default  prior to termination),  requirements that  the franchisor deal
with its franchisees in good  faith, prohibitions against interference with  the
right  of free association among franchisees and those regulating discrimination
among franchisees in charges, royalties or fees.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
    Compliance with  federal  and  state  franchise  laws  is  costly  and  time
consuming,  and no assurance  can be given  that the Company  will not encounter
difficulties or delays  in this  area or that  it will  not require  significant
capital,  in addition to the  portion of the net  proceeds of this Offering, for
franchising activities.
 
    THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE, AND SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AS, AN OFFER
TO SELL A VIDEO UPDATE  FRANCHISE. SUCH OFFERS MAY BE  MADE ONLY BY AN  OFFERING
CIRCULAR  IN  COMPLIANCE  WITH  STATE  LAWS  AND  THE  FEDERAL  TRADE COMMISSION
DISCLOSURE RULE. THE DESCRIPTION OF THE FRANCHISES SET FORTH IN THIS  PROSPECTUS
IS  NOT  INTENDED TO  BE  A COMPLETE  DESCRIPTION  OF A  VIDEO  UPDATE FRANCHISE
BUSINESS.
 
LITIGATION
 
    In connection with the  acquisition of the  assets of Talerico  Enterprises,
Inc. ("TEI") in October 1995, the Company has advised TEI of what it believes to
be  various breaches of representations and warranties  made by TEI in its asset
purchase agreement with  the Company.  Accordingly, the Company  has withheld  a
portion  of  the purchase  price, including  the  55,000 Acquisition  Shares. In
December 1995, TEI filed  an action against the  Company in Arizona state  court
for  breach of contract.  The Company intends to  vigorously defend this action,
and it has asserted  counterclaims in the action.  Although no assurance can  be
given  as to the outcome  of such litigation, the  Company does not believe that
the resolution of  such action  will materially adversely  impact the  Company's
operations.
 
    The  Company has been notified of a potential claim by the owner/landlord of
a retail location  previously occupied by  the Company in  Kent, Washington  for
breach  of a lease contract and back  rent. The landlord has advised the Company
that it  may seek  in  excess of  $50,000 in  damages.  The Company  intends  to
vigorously  defend this  action. Although  no assurance can  be given  as to the
outcome of such litigation, the Company does not believe that resolution of  the
matter will materially adversely impact the Company's operations.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of June 15, 1996, Video Update employed 2,460 persons, including 2,241 in
Company-owned  stores  and 219  in the  Company's corporate,  administrative and
warehousing operations. Of the employees,  approximately 637 were full-time  and
1,823  were part-time. The typical required staffing for a Video Update store is
8 to 12 employees, including a  store manager. Store managers are supervised  by
district  managers who  in turn  are supervised  by regional  managers. Regional
managers report  directly  to  either  the Company's  Vice  President  of  Store
Operations  or Chief Operations Officer. The  Company believes that its employee
relations are satisfactory.
 
    The Company  has an  incentive bonus  plan under  which store  managers  are
eligible  for monthly bonuses. The performance of each manager is evaluated on a
variety of  criteria,  including  store  revenue,  payroll,  cash  overages  and
shortages, and inventory control.
 
FACILITIES
 
    The  Company leases substantially all of  the sites (including buildings and
improvements) where its  Company-owned video stores  are located. The  occupancy
expense  for  these  sites for  the  years ended  April  30, 1995  and  1996 was
approximately $1,426,000 and $10,304,000,  respectively. These leases  generally
have  a term  of three  to ten years  and provide  options to  renew for periods
ranging  from  three  to  five  additional  years.  The  Company  is   generally
responsible for real estate taxes, insurance and utilities under all leases. See
Note  7 of Notes to Consolidated  Financial Statements. The Company expects that
most future video superstores will also occupy leased premises. The Company owns
three locations for  Company-owned superstores,  one of  which is  subject to  a
mortgage.  See "Management's Discussion and  Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
    The  Company's  franchisees  enter   into  leases  individually  for   their
respective superstore locations. These leases are on terms substantially similar
to  the terms for  Company-owned superstore leases.  Generally, the Company does
not guarantee and is not a party to such leases.
 
    The Company's corporate headquarters are located at 3100 World Trade Center,
30 East Seventh Street, St. Paul, Minnesota 55101 and consists of  approximately
14,500  square feet of office space. The Company's central distribution facility
is located  at a  different location  in  St. Paul,  Minnesota and  consists  of
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
approximately  34,000 square  feet. The Company's  headquarters and distribution
facilities are leased pursuant to agreements that expire on October 31, 2001 and
August  31,  2001,  respectively.  In  addition,  the  Company  maintains  other
locations  for the  offices of  district and  regional managers  and for limited
storage purposes. The  Company expects  that suitable additional  space will  be
available  in  the Twin  Cities area,  when  needed, on  commercially reasonable
terms.
 
    INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS  "BUSINESS" SECTION CONTAINS  "FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS"  WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE  PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT
OF 1995, WHICH CAN BE IDENTIFIED BY THE USE OF FORWARD-LOOKING TERMINOLOGY  SUCH
AS  "MAY," "WILL,"  "WOULD," "COULD," "INTEND,"  "PLAN," "EXPECT," "ANTICIPATE,"
"ESTIMATE" OR "CONTINUE" OR THE NEGATIVE THEREOF OR OTHER VARIATIONS THEREON  OR
COMPARABLE  TERMINOLOGY.  PLEASE  SEE  "RISK  FACTORS"  FOR  CERTAIN  CAUTIONARY
STATEMENTS IDENTIFYING IMPORTANT  FACTORS WITH RESPECT  TO SUCH  FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS, INCLUDING CERTAIN RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES RELATING TO THE OPENING OR
ACQUISITION OF SUPERSTORES, THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY
FROM THOSE IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The Directors and executive officers of the Company, their positions held in
the Company, and their ages are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           NAME                  AGE                                    POSITION
- ---------------------------      ---      ---------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>          <C>
Daniel A. Potter                     38   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
John M. Bedard                       38   President and Director
 
Daniel C. Howard                     35   Chief Operations Officer and Director
 
Christopher J. Gondeck               40   Chief Financial Officer
 
Richard Bedard                       42   Executive Vice President
 
Bruce D. Carlson                     35   Vice President of Real Estate
 
Michael G. Schifsky                  40   Vice President of Store Development
 
Robert E. Yager                      31   Vice President of Store Operations and Director
 
Jana Webster Vaughn                  33   Director
 
Paul M. Kelnberger                   52   Director
</TABLE>
 
    Each  Director is elected for  a period of one  year at the Company's annual
meeting of stockholders and  serves until his successor  is duly elected by  the
stockholders.  Vacancies  and  newly created  directorships  resulting  from any
increase in the number of authorized Directors may be filled by a majority  vote
of  Directors  then remaining  in  office. The  Company  expects to  appoint two
additional Directors to its Board within the 90 day period following the closing
of this Offering, although the Company has not yet identified the individuals to
be so appointed. In addition, D.H. Blair has a right at its option to  designate
a  Director to the Board  of Directors until April 2000.  D.H. Blair has not yet
designated its nominee. Officers are elected by and serve at the pleasure of the
Board of Directors. The Board of  Directors has established audit and  executive
compensation  committees, each consisting of  Messrs. Howard, Kelnberger and Ms.
Vaughn.
 
    DANIEL A.  POTTER co-founded  the Company  in  1983 and  has served  as  the
Company's  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer  since its inception. Mr. Potter
devised, initiated, and structured the  franchising strategy implemented by  the
Company  and is primarily responsible for  the Company's financial and strategic
planning. Mr. Potter is the brother-in-law of Robert E. Yager, a Vice  President
of Store Operations and a Director of the Company.
 
    JOHN M. BEDARD co-founded the Company in 1983 with Mr. Potter and has served
as  the Company's President and  as a Director since  its inception. Mr. Bedard,
together with  Mr. Potter,  devised and  implemented the  Company's real  estate
development program and operations. Mr. Bedard is the brother of Richard Bedard,
an Executive Vice President of the Company.
 
    DANIEL  C. HOWARD  has served  as Chief  Operations Officer  for the Company
since 1990, has coordinated the Company's  operations since 1983 and has  served
as  a  Director since  August 1994.  Mr. Howard  is  a member  of the  audit and
executive compensation committees.
 
    CHRISTOPHER J. GONDECK has served  as the Company's Chief Financial  Officer
since January 1995. From May 1994 to September 1994, Mr. Gondeck was a financial
consultant  to Corning-Donahue, Inc. and Fire Brick Supply, privately held brick
and tile businesses. From 1992 to March 1994, Mr. Gondeck served as Senior  Vice
President  and Chief  Financial Officer  for Premier  Salons International, Inc.
("Premier"), a  privately  held company  based  in Toronto,  Ontario.  Prior  to
December  1993, Premier  was known  as MEI Salon  Corp. ("MEI  Salon"), a wholly
owned subsidiary of  MEI Diversified, Inc.  ("MEI Diversified"), which  operated
over  1,000 hair care  salon locations throughout the  United States and Canada.
While Mr. Gondeck was  Chief Financial Officer of  MEI Salon, in February  1993,
MEI Salon and MEI Diversified filed for
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
bankruptcy  protection under federal  law. Prior to 1992,  Mr. Gondeck served in
various financial and  management capacities  for MEI  Diversified. Mr.  Gondeck
also  has served as a staff accountant with  Ernst & Young LLP. Mr. Gondeck is a
certified public accountant.
 
    RICHARD BEDARD has  served as  an Executive  Vice President  of the  Company
since September 1995. From 1986 to 1995, Mr. Bedard served as the Company's Vice
President of Franchise Development. Mr. Bedard is the brother of John M. Bedard,
the Company's President and a Director.
 
    BRUCE  D. CARLSON has served as the  Company's Vice President of Real Estate
Operations since 1990.  From 1984  to 1990, Mr.  Carlson held  the positions  of
Director of Advertising and Regional Corporate Store Manager.
 
    MICHAEL  G. SCHIFSKY has  served as the Vice  President of Store Development
since rejoining  the Company  in  1990. Mr.  Schifsky  also served  as  District
Manager of the Company from 1984 to 1988. From 1988 to 1990 he was the principal
stockholder  of Bankshot Investments, Inc., a  privately held company engaged in
the development of billiard facilities.
 
    ROBERT E. YAGER  has served as  a Vice President  of Store Operations  since
November  1995  and as  a Director  since  August 1994.  From September  1994 to
November 1995, Mr. Yager served as a  Regional Manager of the Company. Prior  to
that  time, since 1989, Mr. Yager owned and operated two franchised Video Update
superstores in the Twin Cities area, until such store operations were  purchased
by  the Company in September  1994. From 1984 to 1989,  Mr. Yager was a computer
programmer for a division of NCR Corporation. Mr. Yager is the brother-in-law of
Daniel A.  Potter,  the Company's  Chairman  and Chief  Executive  Officer.  See
"Certain Transactions."
 
    PAUL  M.  KELNBERGER  has  served  as  a  Director  since  August  1994. Mr.
Kelnberger has been  a member  of Johnson,  West &  Co., PLC  ("Johnson, West  &
Co."),  a certified  public accounting  firm with  its principal  offices in St.
Paul, Minnesota, since 1975. In addition, since November 1995 Mr. Kelnberger has
served as a Director  of Leuthold Funds, a  publicly held mutual fund.  Johnson,
West  & Co. performed auditing services for the Company prior to the fiscal year
ended April 30,  1993. Since that  time, Johnson,  West & Co.  has provided  and
continues  to provide to the Company  accounting services in connection with the
Company's acquisitions and for tax  return preparation services. Mr.  Kelnberger
has   significant  franchise  and  retail  company  accounting  experience.  Mr.
Kelnberger  is  a  certified  public  accountant  and  holds  a  Certificate  of
Accounting  from the Academy of Accountancy in Minneapolis, Minnesota. He chairs
the Board's  audit committee  and  is a  member  of the  executive  compensation
committee. See "Certain Transactions."
 
    JANA  WEBSTER VAUGHN has served as a  Director since August 1994. Ms. Vaughn
has been  the Director  of Marketing  and Development  of Adoptive  Families  of
America,   a   non-profit,   national   education,   legislation   and  advocacy
organization, since June 1995. From  May 1992 to July  1995, Ms. Vaughn was  the
Executive  Director of the Greater Anoka  County, Minnesota Humane Society. From
1989 to 1992, she served as Special  Projects Manager for KARE 11 Television,  a
network  television station in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Ms. Vaughn is a member of
the audit and executive compensation committees.
 
LIMITATION OF OFFICERS' AND DIRECTORS' LIABILITIES
 
    In accordance with Delaware law, the Company's Certificate of  Incorporation
and  Bylaws, as  amended, eliminate  in certain  circumstances the  liability of
directors of the Company for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty
as directors. This provision does not eliminate the liability of a director  (i)
for  a  breach  of  the  director's  duty  of  loyalty  to  the  Company  or its
stockholders, (ii) for acts or  omissions by the director  not in good faith  or
which  involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for a
willful or  negligent declaration  of an  unlawful dividend,  stock purchase  or
redemption  or (iv) for transactions from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit.
 
    In addition,  the  Company's  Bylaws include  provisions  to  indemnify  its
officers  and directors and other persons against expenses, judgments, fines and
amounts paid in defense or settlement in connection with threatened, pending  or
completed  suits or  proceedings against  such persons  by reason  of serving or
having served as officers, directors, or in other capacities, except in relation
to matters with respect to  which such persons shall  be determined not to  have
acted  in good  faith, lawfully or  in the  best interests of  the Company. With
respect to matters as to which  the Company's officers and directors and  others
are  determined to be liable for misconduct  or negligence in the performance of
their duties, the Company's Bylaws provide for
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
indemnification only to the extent that the Company determines that such  person
acted  in good faith  and in a manner  not opposed to the  best interests of the
Company and had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
 
    Insofar as limitation of, or indemnification for, liabilities arising  under
the  Securities  Act  may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers,  or  persons
controlling the Company pursuant to the foregoing, the Company has been informed
that, in the opinion  of the Commission, such  limitation or indemnification  is
against  public policy  as expressed  in the  Securities Act,  and is therefore,
unenforceable.
 
DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION
 
    Members of  the Board  of Directors  who are  not employees  of the  Company
receive  $750 for each meeting of the  Board of Directors and for each committee
meeting of the  Board of  Directors attended by  such Director,  in addition  to
reimbursement  of reasonable expenses  incurred in attending  such meetings, and
receive $2,000  for  each  quarter  of  service  as  a  Director.  Additionally,
non-employee  Directors receive options under the  Formula Plan, as follows: (i)
Mr. Kelnberger and  Ms. Vaughn  each receive  options annually  in September  to
purchase  1,500 shares of Class  A Common Stock, which  vest in two equal annual
installments on the first two anniversaries of  the date of grant and which  are
exercisable  at a  price equal to  the fair market  value of the  Class A Common
Stock on the date of grant, provided that each of them is a Director on the date
of the grant and each of  them has attended at least  75% of the meetings he  or
she was eligible to attend, and (ii) any non-employee Directors appointed in the
future  will receive on the date of  such appointment, options to purchase 3,000
shares of  Class  A  Common  Stock,  which  will  vest  in  three  equal  annual
installments  on the first  three anniversaries of  the date of  grant and which
will be exercisable at  a price equal to  the fair market value  of the Class  A
Common Stock on the date of grant.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The  following  table  sets forth  the  compensation paid  to  the Company's
officers with respect  to services  rendered to  the Company  during the  fiscal
years  ended  April 30,  1996,  1995 and  1994.  There were  no  other executive
officers whose total salary and bonus  exceeded $100,000 during the fiscal  year
ended April 30, 1996.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     LONG TERM
                                                                                                   COMPENSATION
                                                                                                  ---------------
                                                                                                      AWARDS
                                                                  ANNUAL COMPENSATION             ---------------
                                                       -----------------------------------------    SECURITIES
                                                                                  OTHER ANNUAL      UNDERLYING        ALL OTHER
                                                       SALARY(1)      BONUS     COMPENSATION(2)   OPTIONS/SARS(3)  COMPENSATION(4)
       NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION            YEAR        ($)          ($)            ($)               (#)              ($)
                   (A)                         (B)        (C)          (D)            (E)               (G)              (I)
- ------------------------------------------  ---------  ----------  -----------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>               <C>              <C>
Daniel A. Potter..........................       1996  $  248,002   $       0     $    894,357         270,000        $   21,122
  Chairman of the Board                          1995  $  216,671   $       0     $          0               0        $        0
  and Chief Executive Officer                    1994  $  288,520   $       0     $          0               0        $        0
John M. Bedard............................       1996  $  158,755   $       0     $    496,875         150,000        $   18,081
  President and Director                         1995  $  125,000   $       0     $          0               0        $   19,200
                                                 1994  $   43,906   $       0     $          0               0        $   19,200
Christopher J. Gondeck(5).................       1996  $  114,548   $       0     $          0          45,000        $    2,854
  Chief Financial Officer                        1995  $   34,000   $       0     $          0          30,000        $        0
</TABLE>
 
- -------------
(1)  Amounts shown indicate  cash compensation earned  and received by executive
    officers; no  amounts were  earned but  deferred at  the election  of  those
    officers.  Executive  officers  participate in  the  Company's  group health
    insurance plan.
(2) Amounts shown reflect the difference between the aggregate exercise price of
    the options exercised by  Messrs. Potter and Bedard  during the period,  and
    the aggregate fair market value of the shares of Class A Common Stock issued
    to  Messrs.  Potter  and Bedard  upon  such  exercises, as  of  the  date of
    issuance.
(3) Amounts shown  reflect grants of  options to purchase  Class A Common  Stock
    pursuant  to  the Company's  Stock Option  Plans.  During fiscal  years 1994
    through 1996, the  Company made no  awards of restricted  stock and did  not
    have a long-term incentive plan.
(4) Amounts shown reflect payment for automobile expenses and insurance.
(5) Mr. Gondeck has been employed by the Company since January 2, 1995.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
                     OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN FISCAL YEAR 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                          INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                                                    VALUE AT
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES
                                     NUMBER OF                                                                 OF STOCK
                                    SECURITIES        PERCENT OF TOTAL                                  PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
                                    UNDERLYING          OPTIONS/SARS                                            OPTION
                                   OPTIONS/SARS          GRANTED TO          EXERCISE OF                      TERM(1)(2)
                                    GRANTED(1)       EMPLOYEES IN FISCAL     BASE PRICE    EXPIRATION   ----------------------
              NAME                      (#)                YEAR(3)             ($/SH)       DATE(4)       5% ($)     10% ($)
               (A)                      (B)                  (C)                 (D)          (E)          (F)         (G)
- ---------------------------------  -------------  -------------------------  -----------  ------------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                <C>            <C>                        <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
Daniel A. Potter.................      270,000                33.7%           $  4.3125     05/02/2005           0           0
John M. Bedard...................      150,000                18.7%           $  4.3125     05/02/2005           0           0
Christopher J. Gondeck...........       45,000                 5.6%           $  4.3125     05/02/2005  $  122,045  $  309,286
</TABLE>
 
- -------------
(1)  Mr. Potter and  Mr. Bedard exercised  all outstanding options  held by them
    during fiscal 1996. Mr. Gondeck did not exercise any options granted  during
    fiscal 1996.
 
(2)  The  dollar gains  under these  columns  result from  calculations assuming
    hypothetical growth rates as set by  the Commission and are not intended  to
    forecast future price appreciation of the Class A Common Stock.
 
(3)  In fiscal 1996,  options to purchase a  total of 801,000  shares of Class A
    Common Stock were granted to  employees of the Company, including  executive
    officers.
 
(4) These options are subject to earlier termination upon certain events related
    to termination of employment.
 
              AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN FISCAL YEAR 1996
                            AND FY-END OPTION VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       NUMBER OF
                                                                                      SECURITIES
                                                                                      UNDERLYING           VALUE OF
                                                                                      UNEXERCISED         UNEXERCISED
                                                                                     OPTIONS/SARS        IN-THE-MONEY
                                                                                       AT FISCAL         OPTIONS/SARS
                                                                                       YEAR-END         AT FISCAL YEAR-
                                                           SHARES        VALUE            (#)               END($)
                                                        ACQUIRED ON   REALIZED(1)    EXERCISABLE/        EXERCISABLE/
                         NAME                           EXERCISE(#)       ($)      UNEXERCISABLE(2)    UNEXERCISABLE(3)
                         (A)                                (B)           (C)             (D)                 (E)
- ------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -----------------  -------------------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>          <C>                <C>
Daniel A. Potter......................................      270,000    $ 894,375          0/0                 0/0
John M. Bedard........................................      150,000    $ 496,875          0/0                 0/0
Christopher J. Gondeck................................        3,500    $  10,938      22,000/49,500   $   82,563/$185,063
</TABLE>
 
- -------------
(1) The options exercised by Mr. Potter and Mr. Bedard carried an exercise price
    of  $4.3125. The options exercised by  Mr. Gondeck carried an exercise price
    of $4.50. The last reported sale price for one share of Class A Common Stock
    on August  23, 1995,  the date  on  which all  options were  exercised,  was
    $7.625.
 
(2)  Mr. Gondeck  holds 45,000 options  to purchase  Class A Common  Stock at an
    exercise price of $4.3125 per share, of which 15,000 were exercisable at the
    end of fiscal 1996, and 26,500 options  to purchase Class A Common Stock  at
    an exercise price of $4.50 per share, of which 7,000 were exercisable at the
    end of fiscal 1996.
 
(3)  In-the-Money options are those  options for which the  fair market value of
    the underlying  Common Stock  is  greater than  the  exercise price  of  the
    option.  On April  30, 1996, the  last day  of fiscal 1996,  the fair market
    value of  the Company's  Class A  Common Stock  underlying the  options  (as
    determined  by the last sale price quoted on the Nasdaq National Market) was
    $8.125.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS, TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT, OFFICER LOANS AND CHANGE IN
CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS
 
    In February 1996, the Company entered into employment agreements with Daniel
A. Potter,  its  Chairman and  Chief  Executive  Officer and  John  Bedard,  its
President,  each of whom also  is a director and  a principal stockholder of the
Company. The agreements are for three year terms, expiring in February 1999. Mr.
Potter and  Mr.  Bedard  are  to receive  salaries  of  $300,000  and  $200,000,
respectively.  Such compensation may be increased  and bonuses may be awarded at
the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company. Each of Messrs.  Potter
and  Bedard have agreed  to devote their  full time and  best efforts to fulfill
their duties and responsibilities to the Company. Each of them will be  entitled
to participate in employee benefit plans.
 
    The  Company has a right to terminate  each of the agreements for "cause" as
defined in the agreements or as a result of the employee's disability. Except in
the case of termination for cause,  upon early termination of the agreements  by
the  Company, each  of Messrs.  Potter and Bedard  shall be  entitled to receive
their salary plus fringe benefits for 36 months from the date of termination. In
the event of a change of control of the Company, Messrs. Potter and Bedard  have
the  option  to terminate  their  employment subject  to  the provisions  of the
employment agreements and to receive severance and fringe benefits for 36 months
subject to the provisions of their agreements. A "change in control" includes an
acquisition of 15% of the voting power  of the securities of the Company by  any
person,  certain changes in  the composition of  the Board of  Directors, and an
approval by  the  stockholders  of  the  Company  of  a  merger,  consolidation,
reorganization,  liquidation, dissolution or sale of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company.
 
    Each  of  Messrs.  Potter  and  Bedard  has  agreed  not  to  disclose   any
confidential  information of the Company during the term of his employment or to
compete with the Company during  the term of his employment  or for a period  of
one  year following termination of his  employment except in accordance with the
employment agreement.
 
    The Company has Recourse  Notes from the  Company's Chief Executive  Officer
and   from   the  President   for   approximately  $2,055,000   and  $1,142,000,
respectively, including accrued  interest through April  30, 1996. The  Recourse
Notes, which provide for full recourse against the respective officer's personal
assets  and Company stockholdings, are payable in ten equal annual installments,
the last of which is due in May 2005, and accrue interest at 6.9% per annum. The
Recourse Notes were issued by the executives upon their exercise in August  1995
of  420,000 options granted to them under the  Stock Option Plans in May 1995 at
an exercise price of $4.3125, the fair market value of the stock on the date the
options were granted. The Recourse Notes  represent the total exercise price  of
such  options plus amounts advanced by the Company to such executives to satisfy
then anticipated tax liabilities. The Recourse  Notes are expected to be  repaid
in  full  from  the net  proceeds  of the  sale  of  the shares  by  the Selling
Stockholders, and through  other means,  if necessary, in  connection with  this
Offering.  See "Use  of Proceeds" and  "Principal and  Selling Stockholders." In
addition, as of  April 30,  1996, the  Company has  a note  receivable from  the
President  of the Company for $29,000 which accrues interest at 8% per annum and
is due  November 1996.  The note  represents advances  from the  Company to  the
President from January 1994 to April 1994, together with accrued interest.
 
AUDIT COMMITTEE
 
    The  Board of Directors  has established an Audit  Committee. The members of
the Audit  Committee  are  Daniel  C. Howard,  the  Company's  Chief  Operations
Officer,  Paul  Kelnberger and  Jana Webster  Vaughn. The  purpose of  the Audit
Committee is to  (i) review the  Company's financial results  and recommend  the
selection  of the Company's independent  auditors; (ii) review the effectiveness
of the  Company's  accounting  policies  and  practices,  financial  report  and
internal  controls; and (iii)  review the scope  of independent audit coverages,
the fees charged by the independent auditors, any transactions which may involve
a potential conflict of interest, and internal control systems.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    The Board of Directors has established a Compensation Committee. Members  of
the  Compensation Committee are Paul Kelnberger and Jana Webster Vaughn, the two
outside directors of the Company, and
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
Daniel C. Howard. None of the executive  officers of the Company have served  on
the  Board of Directors  of any other entity  that has had  any of such entity's
officers serve  either  on the  Company's  Board of  Directors  or  Compensation
Committee.
 
    During fiscal 1996, the Company paid approximately $245,000 to Johnson, West
&  Co. for accounting services in connection with the Company's acquisitions and
for tax return preparation services. Mr. Kelnberger is a member of Johnson, West
& Co.
 
STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
    The Company's Board of Directors and stockholders have adopted the 1994  and
1995  Plans and the Company's Board of  Directors has adopted the 1996 Plan, all
of  which  provide  for  the  grant  to  employees,  officers,  Directors,   and
consultants  of the Company options to purchase  up to an aggregate of 1,820,000
shares of Class A Common Stock. The 1996  Plan has not yet been approved by  the
Company's  stockholders and all  options granted thereunder  are subject to such
approval. The 1994, 1995  and 1996 Plans  allow for the  issuance of options  to
purchase  up to  150,000, 850,000  and 820,000 shares  of Class  A Common Stock,
respectively.
 
    As of April 30, 1996, options to  purchase 956,300 shares of Class A  Common
Stock  have been granted under the 1994,  1995 and 1996 Plans (collectively, the
1994, 1995 and 1996  Plan are referred  to as the  "Qualified Plans"). To  date,
427,850  of these options have been exercised. Subsequent to April 30, 1996, the
Company's Board of Directors has approved the granting of options to purchase up
to 669,000 shares of  Class A Common Stock  under the 1996 Plan  contemporaneous
with  the closing of this Offering. When issued, such options, which are subject
to stockholder approval of the 1996 Plan, will vest in equal annual installments
over three years commencing one year from the date of issuance.
 
    Options under the Qualified  Plans may be  either "incentive stock  options"
within  the meaning of Section 422 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code"), or non-qualified options. Incentive stock options
may be granted only to employees of the Company, while non-qualified options may
be issued to non-employee directors, employees and consultants of the Company.
 
    The Qualified Plans are administered by disinterested members (as defined by
Section 16b-3 of the Exchange Act)  of the Board. Currently, Mr. Kelnberger  and
Ms.   Vaughn  serve  as   administrators  of  the   Stock  Option  Plans.  These
disinterested members of the Board determine those individuals who shall receive
options, the time  period during  which the options  may be  partially or  fully
exercised,  the number of shares  of Class A Common  Stock that may be purchased
under each option and the option price.
 
    The per  share  exercise  price of  the  Class  A Common  Stock  subject  to
incentive  stock options granted pursuant to the Qualified Plans may not be less
than the fair market value of the Class A Common Stock on the date the option is
granted. Under the Qualified Plans, the aggregate fair market value  (determined
as  of the date  the option is granted)  of the Class A  Common Stock that first
became exercisable by  any employee  in any one  calendar year  pursuant to  the
exercise of incentive stock options may not exceed $100,000. No person who owns,
directly or indirectly, at the time of the granting of an incentive stock option
to  him, 10% or more of the total  combined voting power of all classes of stock
of the Company (a "10% Stockholder"), shall be eligible to receive any incentive
stock options under the Qualified Plans unless the option price is at least 110%
of the fair  market value of  the Class A  Common Stock subject  to the  option,
determined  on the date of grant. Non-qualified options are not subject to these
limitations.
 
    No incentive stock option  may be transferred by  an optionee other than  by
will  or the  laws of descent  and distribution,  and during the  lifetime of an
optionee, the option will be exercisable  only by the optionee. Pursuant to  the
terms  of the Qualified Plans, unless otherwise provided in any option grant, in
the event of termination of employment,  other than by death or permanent  total
disability,  the  optionee  will have  three  months after  such  termination to
exercise the  option.  The Qualified  Plans  provide that  upon  termination  of
employment  of an optionee by reason of death or permanent, total disability, an
option remains exercisable, to the extent it was exercisable on the date of such
termination, until the  earlier of the  expiration of the  original term of  the
option or for one year after such termination of employment.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
    Options  under the Qualified Plans must be  granted within 10 years from the
effective date  thereof. Incentive  stock options  granted under  the  Qualified
Plans cannot be exercised more than 10 years from the date of grant, except that
incentive  stock options issued  to a 10%  Stockholder are limited  to five year
terms. Any unexercised  options under the  Qualified Plans that  expire or  that
terminate  upon an  employee's ceasing  to be  employed with  the Company become
available once again for issuance.
 
    All options granted under the Qualified Plans provide for the payment of the
exercise price by  delivery to the  Company of  shares of Class  A Common  Stock
already  owned by the  optionee having fair  market value equal  to the exercise
price of the options being exercised,  or in such other lawful consideration  as
the  Board of Directors  may determine, or  by a combination  of such methods of
payment. Therefore, an optionee may be able  to tender shares of Class A  Common
Stock   to  purchase  additional  shares  of   Class  A  Common  Stock  and  may
theoretically exercise  all of  his  or her  stock  options with  no  additional
investment other than his or her original shares.
 
FORMULA STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    On September 25, 1994 the Board of Directors approved the Formula Plan which
provides  for the  grant to non-management  Directors of the  Company options to
purchase up to 50,000 shares of Class A Common Stock. The current non-management
Directors participating in  the Formula  Plan are  Paul M.  Kelnberger and  Jana
Webster Vaughn.
 
    Under  the Formula Plan, options will be  granted pursuant to a formula that
determines the  timing, pricing  and  amount of  the  option awards  using  only
objective  criteria, without discretion on the part of the administrators of the
Formula Plan. The Formula Plan provides  that its provisions may not be  amended
more  than once every six months, other than to comply with changes in the Code,
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act,  or the rules thereunder. Also  any
provision  for forfeiture or termination of an option award will be specific and
objective, rather than general, subjective or discretionary.
 
    Options were and  shall be granted  under the Formula  Plan to  non-employee
Directors as follows:
 
    (a)  Commencing September 1, 1994, and continuing annually thereafter on the
       day immediately following the  Company's annual meeting of  shareholders,
       the  Company granted  and will grant,  to Mr. Kelnberger  and Ms. Vaughn,
       options to purchase a total of 1,500 shares of Class A Common Stock.  The
       exercise  price of each option granted is  equal to the fair market value
       of the shares of Class A Common Stock  on the date of the grant and  each
       option   vests  in  two  equal  installments  on  the  first  and  second
       anniversary of  the  grant.  Future  options  shall  be  granted  to  Mr.
       Kelnberger  and Ms. Vaughn only if each of them is a Director on the date
       of  the  grant  and  has  attended,  during  the  Company's  fiscal  year
       immediately  preceding the grant, at least 75%  of the meetings he or she
       was eligible to attend  of the Board of  Directors and the Committees  on
       which the Director has served.
 
    (b)  Each non-employee Director appointed in the future will receive, on the
       date he or she first becomes a  Director, options to purchase a total  of
       3,000  shares of Class A Common Stock. The exercise price of such options
       will be the fair market  value of the shares of  Class A Common Stock  on
       the  date of the grant and said  options shall vest and be exercisable in
       three equal installments on  the first, second  and third anniversary  of
       the  date of the grant, subject to  the Director's continued service as a
       Director of the Company on such dates.
 
    As of the date of this Prospectus, options to purchase 6,000 shares of Class
A Common Stock have been granted under the Formula Plan, of which 3,000 carry an
exercise price of $6.75 per share and  3,000 carry an exercise price of  $10.25.
To  date, none of these options have  been exercised. The following options have
been granted under the Formula Plan to non-management directors of the Company:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            NUMBER OF    EXERCISE
DIRECTOR                                                     SHARES        PRICE       FULL VESTING DATE
- ---------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------------------
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>
Paul M. Kelnberger.......................................       1,500    $    6.75        September 1, 1996
Jana Webster Vaughn......................................       1,500    $    6.75        September 1, 1996
Paul M. Kelnberger.......................................       1,500    $   10.25       September 18, 1997
Jana Webster Vaughn......................................       1,500    $   10.25       September 18, 1997
</TABLE>
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The following table sets forth as of July 9, 1996 the number and  percentage
of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock beneficially owned by
(i)  all persons known  by the Company to  be the beneficial  owner of more than
five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares  of Class A Common Stock or Class  B
Common  Stock, (ii)  each named  executive officer  and director,  and (iii) all
directors and executive officers of the Company as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        SHARES                     SHARES TO BE
                                                     BENEFICIALLY                  BENEFICIALLY
                                                    OWNED PRIOR TO    NUMBER OF   OWNED AFTER THE        VOTING CONTROL(4)
                                                    THE OFFERING(2)    SHARES     OFFERING(2)(3)    ----------------------------
                                                   -----------------    BEING    -----------------     BEFORE          AFTER
     NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)        NUMBER   PERCENT   OFFERED    NUMBER   PERCENT    OFFERING       OFFERING
- -------------------------------------------------- --------- -------  ---------  --------- -------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>            <C>
Daniel A. Potter, Chief Executive Officer and
 Chairman(3)(5)................................... 1,356,759  10.5%    270,000   1,086,759   6.0%     27.2%          20.9%
John M. Bedard, President and Director(3)(6)...... 1,028,117   7.9%    150,000     878,117   4.9%     21.7%          16.9%
Daniel C. Howard, Chief Operations Officer and
 Director(3)(7)...................................    69,499   *             -      69,499   *         1.0%          *
Christopher J. Gondeck, Chief Financial
 Officer(8).......................................    41,000   *             -      41,000   *        *              *
Richard Bedard, Executive Vice President(9).......    20,000   *             -      20,000   *        *              *
Bruce Carlson, Vice President of Real
 Estate(10).......................................    34,375   *             -      34,375   *        *              *
Michael Schifsky, Vice President of Franchise
 Development(11)..................................    34,200   *             -      34,200   *        *              *
Robert E. Yager, Vice President of Store
 Operations and Director(12)......................    85,250   *             -      85,250   *        *              *
Paul M. Kelnberger, Director(13)..................       750   *             -         750   *        *              *
Jana Webster Vaughn, Director(13).................       750   *             -         750   *        *              *
All directors and executive officers as a group
 (10 persons)
 (2)(5)(6)(7)(7)(8)(9)(10)(11)(12)(13)............ 2,670,700  20.3%    420,000   2,250,700  12.3%     50.5%          39.1%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
  * Indicates ownership of less than one percent (1%).
 
 (1)The address of Messrs. Potter, John Bedard, Howard, Gondeck, Richard Bedard,
    Carlson, Schifsky, Yager, and Kelnberger and Ms. Vaughn is c/o Video Update,
    Inc., 3100 World Trade Center, 30  East Seventh Street, St. Paul,  Minnesota
    55101.
 
 (2)Shares  of common stock which an individual  or group has a right to acquire
    within 60  days  upon  the  exercise  of  options  or  warrants  are  deemed
    outstanding   for  the  purposes  of  computing  the  percentage  of  shares
    beneficially owned by such individual or  group. Such shares are not  deemed
    to  be outstanding  for the  purpose of  computing the  percentage of shares
    beneficially owned by any other person shown in the table.
 
 (3)As discussed herein, in connection with the Escrow Agreement,  approximately
    sixty-five  percent (65%) of the shares of Class B Common Stock beneficially
    owned by Messrs. Potter,  Bedard and Howard or  706,394, 570,776 and  22,830
    shares  of Class B  Common Stock, respectively (1,300,000  shares of Class B
    Common Stock in the aggregate),  are being held in  escrow. So long as  such
    shares  are in escrow, the beneficial owner may vote but not dispose of such
    shares. See  "Principal  and  Selling Stockholders  --  Escrow  Shares"  and
    "Description of Securities -- Escrow Agreement."
 
 (4)Holders  of Class A  Common Stock have the  right to cast  one vote for each
    share held of record and holders of  Class B Common Stock have the right  to
    case  five votes for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a
    vote of  the holders  of Common  Stock. See  "Description of  Securities  --
    Common Stock."
 
 (5)Includes  an aggregate  of 39,515  shares of  Class B  Common Stock  held in
    custodial accounts for Mr. Potter's children. Does not include 26,250 shares
    of Class A Common Stock  owned by Mr. Potter's  father, in which Mr.  Potter
    disclaims beneficial ownership.
 
 (6)Includes  39,515 shares of Class B Common Stock held by Mr. Bedard's mother,
    but subject to a voting trust of which Mr. Bedard is the voting trustee.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
 (7)Includes an aggregate of 34,375 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon
    the exercise  of various  stock  options. Excludes  an aggregate  of  23,125
    shares  of Class A Common Stock issuable  upon the exercise of various stock
    options that have not and will not vest  within 60 days of the date of  this
    Prospectus.
 
 (8)  Includes an aggregate of 37,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on
    exercise of various stock options. Excludes an aggregate of 34,500 shares of
    Class A Common Stock issuable on the exercise of various stock options  that
    have not and will not vest within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
 (9)  Consists of an aggregate of 20,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable
    upon the exercise  of various stock  options that have  vested. Excludes  an
    aggregate  of  34,000  shares of  Class  A  Common Stock  issuable  upon the
    exercise of stock options that have not and will not vest within 60 days  of
    the date of this Prospectus.
 
(10)  Consists of an aggregate of 34,375 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable
    upon the exercise  of various stock  options that have  vested. Excludes  an
    aggregate  of  23,125  shares of  Class  A  Common Stock  issuable  upon the
    exercise of stock options that have not and will not vest within 60 days  of
    the date of this Prospectus.
 
(11)  Consists of an aggregate of 34,200 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable
    upon the exercise  of various stock  options that have  vested. Excludes  an
    aggregate  of  22,800  shares of  Class  A  Common Stock  issuable  upon the
    exercise of stock options that have not and will not vest within 60 days  of
    the date of this Prospectus.
 
(12) Includes 6,500 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of
    stock  options that  have vested.  Excludes 7,000  shares of  Class A Common
    Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that have not and will not
    vest within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
(13) Comprised of 750 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the  exercise
    of  stock options that have vested. Excludes  2,250 shares of Class A Common
    Stock issuable upon the exercise of various stock options that have not  and
    will not vest within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
ESCROW SHARES
 
    The Escrow Shares placed into escrow by Messrs. Potter, Bedard and Howard in
connection  with the Company's initial public offering will be released upon the
achievement by the Company of  certain earnings goals or  if the Class A  Common
Stock  reaches certain  price goals.  See "Description  of Securities  -- Escrow
Agreement." The Commission has adopted  a position with respect to  arrangements
such  as the  Escrow Agreement.  This position  provides that  in the  event any
shares are  released from  escrow to  the stockholders  of the  Company who  are
officers,  directors,  consultants  or  employees  of  the  Company,  a non-cash
compensation  expense  will  be  recorded  for  financial  reporting   purposes.
Therefore,  if  the  Company  attains  any of  the  earnings  thresholds  or the
Company's Class A Common Stock meets certain minimum bid prices required for the
release of the Escrow Shares, the release will require the Company to  recognize
additional  compensation expense. Accordingly, the Company will, in the event of
the release  of the  Escrow Shares,  recognize during  the period  in which  the
earnings thresholds are met or such minimum bid prices obtained, what could be a
substantial  non-cash  charge  that  would  have  the  effect  of  substantially
increasing the Company's loss  or reducing or eliminating  earnings, if any,  at
such time. Although the amount of compensation expense recognized by the Company
will  not affect the Company's  total stockholders' equity or  cash flow, it may
have a depressive effect  on the market price  of the Company's securities.  See
"Risk Factors -- Charge to Income in the Event of Release of Escrow Shares."
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    Effective  August 31,  1995, the Company  entered into  a Purchase Agreement
with Bedard Entertainment, Inc. ("BEI"), a privately held Minnesota  corporation
that  owned and operated  three video superstores, and  the stockholders of BEI.
Under the  Purchase Agreement,  the Company  acquired substantially  all of  the
assets  of BEI  in exchange for  15,000 shares of  Class A Common  Stock and the
assumption of indebtedness of BEI of approximately $275,000. The stockholders of
BEI are  Glenn and  Deborah Bedard,  the brother  and sister-in-law  of John  M.
Bedard, the Company's President and a Director.
 
    On  September 2,  1994 the  Company entered  into an  Agreement and  Plan of
Merger (the "Merger  Agreement") with  Koonrod, Inc. ("KRI"),  a privately  held
Minnesota  corporation that owned  and operated two  of the Company's franchised
superstores, and  the stockholders  of  KRI. Under  the Agreement,  the  Company
acquired  all of the outstanding capital stock of KRI in exchange for $75,000 in
cash and 105,000 shares  of Class A  Common Stock, and KRI  was merged with  and
into  the  Company. All  of the  outstanding stock  of KRI  was owned  by Donald
Potter, the father of Daniel Potter,  the Company's Chief Executive Officer  and
Chairman,  and Robert  Yager, a Director  of the Company,  the brother-in-law of
Daniel Potter, and the son-in-law of Donald Potter. In exchange for their shares
of the capital stock  of KRI, Donald  Potter received 26,250  shares of Class  A
Common  Stock and $19,200  in cash, and  Robert Yager received  78,750 shares of
Class A Common Stock and $55,800 in cash.
 
    Craig  Belisle  entered  into  the  Company's  standard  ten-year  franchise
agreement  in February 1984 for the operation of a superstore in the Twin Cities
area. Mr.  Belisle recently  entered into  another standard  ten-year  franchise
agreement  that expires in June 2005. Mr.  Belisle is the brother-in-law of John
M. Bedard, the Company's President and a Director.
 
    During fiscal 1996, the Company paid approximately $245,000 to Johnson, West
& Co. for accounting services in connection with the Company's acquisitions  and
for  tax preparation services. Mr.  Kelnberger, a Director of  the Company, is a
member of Johnson, West & Co.
 
    The Company believes that the above  arrangements were on terms at least  as
favorable as could be obtained from unaffiliated parties.
 
    The  Company has Recourse  Notes from the  Company's Chief Executive Officer
and  from   the  President   for   approximately  $2,055,000   and   $1,142,000,
respectively,  including accrued interest  through April 30,  1996. The Recourse
Notes, which provide for full recourse against the respective officer's personal
assets and Company stockholdings, are payable in ten equal annual  installments,
the last of which is due in May 2005, and accrue interest at 6.9% per annum. The
Recourse  Notes were issued by the executives upon their exercise in August 1995
of 420,000 options granted to them under  the Stock Option Plans in May 1995  at
an exercise price of $4.3125, the fair market value of the stock on the date the
options  were granted. The Recourse Notes  represent the total exercise price of
such options plus amounts advanced by the Company to such executives to  satisfy
then  anticipated tax liabilities. The Recourse  Notes are expected to be repaid
in full  from  the net  proceeds  of  the sale  of  the shares  by  the  Selling
Stockholders,  and through  other means, if  necessary, in  connection with this
Offering. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
    In addition, as of April  30, 1996, the Company  has a note receivable  from
the  President of the Company for $29,000 which accrues interest at 8% per annum
and is due November 1996. The note  represents advances from the Company to  the
President from January 1994 to April 1994, together with accrued interest.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
                           DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
 
GENERAL
 
    On  the  date of  this Prospectus,  the  Company's authorized  capital stock
consists of 50,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value per share,
of which 10,962,735  are issued  and outstanding,  2,000,000 shares  of Class  B
Common  Stock, $.01 par  value per share  (including the Escrow  Shares), all of
which are issued and outstanding, and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock,  $.01
par value per share, none of which are outstanding.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    The  Class A Common Stock  and Class B Common  Stock do not carry preemptive
rights and are  substantially identical except  that holders of  Class A  Common
Stock  have the right to cast one vote for each share held of record and holders
of Class B Common Stock have the right to cast five votes for each share held of
record on all matters submitted  to a vote of the  holders of Common Stock.  The
Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock vote together as a single class on
all matters on which stockholders may vote, including the election of directors,
except when class voting is required by applicable law.
 
    Shares  of  Class  B  Common Stock  are  automatically  convertible  into an
equivalent number of  fully paid  and non-assessable  shares of  Class A  Common
Stock  upon the sale or transfer  of such shares of Class  B Common Stock by the
original record holder thereof or upon the death of the original record  holder.
Each share of Class B Common Stock also is convertible at any time at the option
of  the holder  into one  share of Class  A Common  Stock; once  such shares are
converted into Class A Common Stock, they are retired and unavailable for future
reissuance as Class B Common Stock.
 
    Holders of the  Class A Common  Stock and  Class B Common  Stock have  equal
ratable  rights to dividends from funds legally available therefor, when, as and
if declared by the Board  of Directors and are entitled  to share ratably, as  a
single  class, in all of the assets of the Company available for distribution to
holders of shares of Common Stock  upon the liquidation, dissolution or  winding
up  of the affairs  of the Company. Holders  of Class A Common  Stock or Class B
Common Stock  do not  have  preemptive, subscription  or conversion  rights.  No
redemption  or sinking  fund provisions  exist for  the benefit  of the  Class A
Common Stock or  Class B Common  Stock. All  outstanding shares of  Class A  and
Class  B Common  Stock are,  and those  shares of  Class A  Common Stock offered
hereby, will be  validly issued,  fully paid and  non-assessable. Following  the
completion  of this Offering, the existing Class B Common stockholders will have
significant influence over control of  the Company, despite any accumulation  of
Class A Common Stock by third parties.
 
    The  difference in voting rights described  above increases the voting power
of the Class B Common stockholders and accordingly has an anti-takeover  effect.
The existence of the Class B Common Stock may make the Company a less attractive
target  for a  hostile takeover  bid or  render more  difficult or  discourage a
merger proposal, an unfriendly tender offer, a proxy contest, or the removal  of
incumbent management, even if such transactions were favored by the stockholders
of   the  Company  other  than  the  Class  B  Common  stockholders.  Thus,  the
stockholders may be deprived of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium
over prevailing market  prices in  the event of  a hostile  takeover bid.  Those
seeking  to acquire the Company through a business combination will be compelled
to consult first with the Class B Common stockholders in order to negotiate  the
terms  of such business combination. Any such proposed business combination will
have to be approved by the Board of Directors, which may be under the control of
the Class B Common stockholders, and if stockholder approval were required,  the
approval  of the Class B  Common stockholders will be  necessary before any such
business combination can be consummated.
 
WARRANTS
 
    CLASS A WARRANTS.  On the date of this Prospectus, the Company had  reserved
348,050  Class A Warrants that are issuable  upon exercise of the Blair Options.
The holder of each  Class A Warrant  is entitled, upon  payment of the  exercise
price  of $6.50, to purchase one  share of Class A Common  Stock and one Class B
Warrant. Unless previously redeemed, the Class A Warrants are exercisable at any
time after issuance until
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
July 19, 1999, provided that at such  time a current prospectus relating to  the
Class  A Common Stock and the Class B Warrants is then in effect and the Class A
Common Stock and  the Class B  Warrants are  qualified for sale  or exempt  from
qualification  under applicable state securities laws.  The Class A Warrants are
subject to redemption, as described below.
 
    CLASS B  WARRANTS.    On  the  date of  this  Prospectus,  the  Company  has
outstanding  8,504,825  Class  B  Warrants, and  had  reserved  696,100  Class B
Warrants that are  issuable upon exercise  of the Blair  Options. The holder  of
each  Class B Warrant is entitled to purchase  one share of Class A Common Stock
at an exercise price of $8.75. Unless previously redeemed, the Class B  Warrants
are exercisable at any time after issuance until July 19, 1999, provided that at
such  time a current prospectus relating to the  Class A Common Stock is then in
effect and  the Class  A  Common Stock  is qualified  for  sale or  exempt  from
qualification  under applicable state securities laws.  The Class B Warrants are
subject to redemption, as described below (collectively, the Class A and Class B
Warrants are referred to as the "Warrants").
 
    REDEMPTION.  Upon issuance, the Class  A Warrants are subject to  redemption
by  the Company  upon 30 days  written notice,  at a price  of $.05  per Class A
Warrant, if the average last reported sale price of the Class A Common Stock for
any 30 consecutive business days ending within 15 days of the date on which  the
notice  of redemption is given exceeds $9.10 per share. The Class B Warrants are
subject to redemption by the Company upon 30 days written notice, at a price  of
$.05 per Class B Warrant, if the average closing bid price of the Class A Common
Stock  for any 30 consecutive business days ending within 15 days of the date on
which the notice  of redemption is  given exceeds $12.25  per share. Holders  of
Warrants  called  for  redemption  will automatically  forfeit  their  rights to
purchase the shares of Class A Common Stock, and Class B Warrants in the case of
the Class  A  Warrants, issuable  upon  exercise  of such  Warrants  unless  the
Warrants  are  exercised  before  the  close of  business  on  the  business day
immediately prior  to  the date  set  for  redemption. All  of  the  outstanding
Warrants  must be redeemed if any are  redeemed. A notice of redemption shall be
mailed to each of the  registered holders of the  Warrants by first class  mail,
postage  prepaid, upon 30 days' notice before the date fixed for redemption. The
notice of redemption  shall specify  the redemption  price, the  date fixed  for
redemption,  the place where the Warrant certificates shall be delivered and the
redemption price to be paid, and that  the right to exercise the Warrants  shall
terminate  at 5:00  p.m. (New  York City time)  on the  business day immediately
preceding the date fixed for redemption.
 
    GENERAL.  The Warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the certificate(s)
therefor on or  prior to  the expiration or  the redemption  date (as  explained
above)  at the offices of the Company's warrant agent (the "Warrant Agent") with
the form of  "Election to Purchase"  on the reverse  side of the  certificate(s)
completed  and executed  as indicated,  accompanied by  payment (in  the form of
certified or cashier's check payable  to the order of  the Company) of the  full
exercise price for the number of Warrants being exercised.
 
    The  Warrants contain  provisions that  protect the  holders thereof against
dilution by adjustment of the exercise price per share and the number of  shares
issuable  upon exercise thereof upon the occurrence of certain events, including
issuances of Class A  Common Stock (or  securities convertible, exchangeable  or
exercisable  into  Class  A  Common  Stock) at  less  than  market  value, stock
dividends, stock splits,  mergers, sale  of substantially all  of the  Company's
assets,  and for  other extraordinary  events; provided,  however, that  no such
adjustment shall be made upon, among other things, (i) the issuance or  exercise
of options or other securities under the Company's Stock Option Plans or Formula
Plan or other employee benefit plans or (ii) the sale or exercise of outstanding
options or Warrants.
 
    The  Company is not  required to issue  fractional shares of  Class A Common
Stock, and in  lieu thereof  will make  a cash  payment based  upon the  current
market  value of  such fractional  shares. The holder  of the  Warrants will not
possess any rights as a stockholder of the Company unless and until such  holder
exercises the Warrants.
 
    SOLICITATION  FEE.  The  Company has agreed  not to solicit  Class B Warrant
exercises other  than through  D.H. Blair.  Upon  any exercise  of the  Class  B
Warrants,  the Company will pay D.H. Blair a fee of 5% of the aggregate exercise
price (the "Warrant  Fee"), if (i)  the market  price of the  Company's Class  A
Common  Stock on  the date  the Warrant  is exercised  is greater  than the then
exercise price of the Warrants; (ii) the
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
warrantholder designates  in  writing  that  the exercise  of  the  Warrant  was
solicited  by a member of the  National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.;
(iii) the Warrant  is not held  in a discretionary  account; (iv) disclosure  of
compensation  arrangements was  made both at  the time of  the Company's initial
public offering  and at  the  time of  exercise of  the  Warrants; and  (v)  the
solicitation  of exercise  of the  Warrant was  not in  violation of  Rule 10b-6
promulgated under the Exchange Act.
 
    D.H. Blair has  informed the Company  that the Commission  is conducting  an
investigation  concerning  various business  activities of  D.H. Blair  and D.H.
Blair & Co., Inc. ("Blair & Co."). The Company has been advised that D.H.  Blair
cannot predict whether this investigation will ever result in any type of formal
enforcement action against D.H. Blair or Blair & Co. or, if so, whether any such
action  might have an adverse effect on D.H. Blair  or Blair & Co. or any of the
Company's securities.
 
    BLAIR OPTIONS.  D.H. Blair and  its designees hold the Blair Options,  which
were  issued in connection with D.H.  Blair's services provided in the Company's
initial public offering  in July 1994  and subsequent public  offering in  April
1995.  Under the Blair Options, the holders may purchase up to (i) 117,500 units
at $6.25 per unit, each  unit consisting of one share  of Class A Common  Stock,
one  Class A Warrant, and one Class B  Warrant, and (ii) 795 units at $1,300 per
unit, each unit consisting of  290 shares of Class A  Common Stock, 290 Class  A
Warrants and 290 Class B Warrants. The Warrants underlying the Blair Options are
not  subject to  redemption until issued.  The Blair Options  and the underlying
securities may not be  sold, assigned or otherwise  transferred for three  years
from the date of issuance.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The  Preferred Stock may be issued in series, and shares of each series will
have such rights and preferences as are  fixed by the Board of Directors in  the
resolutions  authorizing the issuance of  that particular series. In designating
any series  of Preferred  Stock, the  Board of  Directors may,  without  further
action  by the holders  of Common Stock,  fix the number  of shares constituting
that series  and fix  the  dividend rights,  dividend rate,  conversion  rights,
voting  rights (which  may be greater  or lesser  than the voting  rights of the
Common Stock),  rights  and terms  of  redemption (including  any  sinking  fund
provisions),  and the liquidation preferences of  the series of Preferred Stock.
The holders of any series of Preferred  Stock, when and if issued, are  expected
to  have priority claims to dividends  and to any distributions upon liquidation
of the Company,  and they may  have other  preferences over the  holders of  the
Common Stock.
 
    The Board of Directors may issue series of Preferred Stock without action by
the  stockholders of the  Company. Accordingly, the  issuance of Preferred Stock
may adversely affect the rights of the holders of the Common Stock. In addition,
the issuance of Preferred Stock may be used as an "anti-takeover" device without
further action on the part of the stockholders. Issuance of Preferred Stock  may
dilute the voting power of holders of Common Stock (such as by issuing Preferred
Stock  with super-voting  rights) and may  render more difficult  the removal of
current management,  even if  such  removal may  be  in the  stockholders'  best
interest. The Company has no current plans to issue any Preferred Stock.
 
ESCROW AGREEMENT
 
    Of the 12,962,735 shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to this Offering,
1,300,000  shares of  Class B Common  Stock are held  in escrow and  will not be
assignable or transferable (but may be voted)  until such time, if ever, as  the
Escrow  Shares are released from escrow in accordance with the Escrow Agreement.
Each holder of Class B Common Stock contributed pro rata to the number of Escrow
Shares. All Escrow Shares remaining in escrow on July 31, 1998 will be forfeited
and then canceled and contributed to the Company's capital.
 
    A stockholder's  rights to  his shares  in escrow  are not  affected by  any
change in his status as an employee, officer or director of, or his relationship
with,  the Company, and, in the event  of such stockholder's death, the terms of
the  Escrow  Agreement   will  be  binding   on  such  stockholder's   executor,
administrator, estate and legatees.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
    Pursuant  to  the Escrow  Agreement, 700,000  of the  Escrow Shares  will be
released from escrow  if and  only if the  Company's Minimum  Pretax Income  (as
defined  below, which definition causes the  adjustments set forth herein) meets
or exceeds the following targets:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    TARGETS
                                                                    PRIOR TO      ADJUSTED
                                                      ORIGINAL        THIS       TARGETS FOR
                                                      TARGETS       OFFERING    THIS OFFERING
                                                    ------------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>           <C>
Year Ended April 30, 1995.........................  $  2,000,000  $  2,025,211  $   2,025,211
Year Ended April 30, 1996.........................     2,700,000     8,722,578      8,722,578
Year Ending April 30, 1997........................     4,000,000    15,537,767     20,085,323
Year Ending April 30, 1998........................     5,500,000    21,364,429     29,701,617
</TABLE>
 
    All Escrow Shares  will be  released from  escrow if  the Company's  Minimum
Pretax Income meets or exceeds the following targets:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    TARGETS
                                                                    PRIOR TO      ADJUSTED
                                                      ORIGINAL        THIS       TARGETS FOR
                                                      TARGETS       OFFERING    THIS OFFERING
                                                    ------------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>           <C>
Year Ended April 30, 1995.........................  $  3,300,000  $  3,341,599  $   3,341,599
Year Ended April 30, 1996.........................     3,300,000    10,660,928     10,660,928
Year Ending April 30, 1997........................     5,000,000    19,422,208     25,106,654
Year Ending April 30, 1998........................     6,700,000    26,025,759     36,181,969
</TABLE>
 
    Alternatively,  700,000 Escrow  Shares will be  released from  escrow if the
closing Bid Price of the Class A  Common Stock averages in excess of $15.00  per
share  (subject  to adjustment  in the  event  of any  stock split,  dividend or
distribution, reverse stock  split or  other similar event)  for 20  consecutive
trading days at any time prior to July 19, 1997.
 
    In  addition, all of the  Escrow Shares will be  released from escrow if the
closing Bid Price of the Class A  Common Stock averages in excess of $22.00  per
share  (subject  to adjustment  in the  event  of any  stock split,  dividend or
distribution, reverse stock split or  similar event) for 20 consecutive  trading
days at any time prior to July 19, 1997.
 
    "Minimum  Pretax Income" means for any  fiscal year the Company's net income
before provision for income taxes and exclusive of any extraordinary earnings or
charges that would result from the release of the Escrow Shares, all as  audited
by  the Company's  independent auditors. The  Minimum Pretax  Income amounts set
forth in the Escrow Agreement were subject to adjustment (proportional increase)
if after the  execution of  the Escrow Agreement  additional shares  of Class  A
Common  Stock were issued (other than  in connection with stock dividends, stock
splits or similar events). The original Minimum Pretax Income targets set  forth
above  have been adjusted  to reflect subsequent issuances  of securities by the
Company (including  securities  issued  in  connection  with  acquisitions)  and
assuming completion of this Offering.
 
    The  Minimum Pretax Income levels set  forth above could be achieved through
prospective Company earnings or through  an acquisition or merger involving  the
Company  that  is  accounted  for  using  the  pooling  of  interests  method of
accounting, which  could  allow  for  the attainment  of  earnings  targets  for
previous  fiscal years.  However, the earnings  levels and the  share prices set
forth above were determined by negotiation  between the Company and Blair  prior
to the Company's initial public offering and should not be construed to imply or
predict  any future earnings by the Company  or any increase in the market price
of its securities.
 
TRANSFER AND WARRANT AGENT
 
    The Company has appointed American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, New York,
New York, as  Transfer Agent  for its  Common Stock  and Warrant  Agent for  the
Warrants.
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Upon  completion  of  this  Offering,  the  Company  will  have  outstanding
16,042,735 shares of Class A Common Stock and 2,000,000 shares of Class B Common
Stock (including the  Escrow Shares).  All of the  5,080,000 shares  of Class  A
Common  Stock  to  be  sold by  the  Company  in this  Offering  will  be freely
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
tradeable without restriction or further registration under the Securities  Act,
except  for any shares purchased  by any person who  is or thereafter becomes an
"affiliate" of  the  Company,  which  shares  will  be  subject  to  the  resale
limitations  contained  in  Rule 144  promulgated  under the  Securities  Act as
described below.
 
    Holders of the Class B Warrants will be entitled to purchase an aggregate of
8,504,825 additional shares of Class A Common Stock upon exercise of the Class B
Warrants at an exercise  price of $8.75  per share, at any  time until July  19,
1999,  provided  that  the  Company  satisfies  certain  securities registration
requirements with respect to the securities underlying the Warrants. Any and all
shares of Class A Common Stock purchased  upon exercise of the Warrants will  be
freely tradeable, provided such registration requirements are met.
 
    All  of the shares  of Class B  Common Stock currently  outstanding (and the
shares of Class A Common Stock into which they are convertible) and the  330,343
shares  of Class A Common Stock (excluding the 55,000 Acquisition Shares) issued
in connection  with  certain of  the  Company's acquisitions  (the  "Acquisition
Shares")  are "restricted securities"  within the meaning of  Rule 144 under the
Securities Act and, in general, if held for at least two years, will be eligible
for sale through conversion  into an equal  number of shares  of Class A  Common
Stock  in the public market  in reliance upon and  subject to the limitations of
Rule 144. In general under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are  aggregated), including a  person who  may be deemed  to be  an
"affiliate"  of the Company as that term is defined under the Securities Act, is
entitled  to  sell,  within  any  three  month  period,  the  number  of  shares
beneficially  owned for at least  two years that does  not exceed the greater of
(i) one percent of the number of  the then outstanding shares of Class A  Common
Stock,  or (ii) the  average weekly trading  volume of the  Class A Common Stock
during the four  calendar weeks preceding  such sale. Sales  under Rule 144  are
also  subject to certain requirements  as to the manner  of sale, notice and the
availability of current  public information  about the  Company. Furthermore,  a
person  who is not  deemed to have been  an affiliate of  the Company during the
ninety days preceding a sale by such person and who has beneficially owned  such
shares  for at least three years is  entitled to sell such shares without regard
to the volume, manner of sale or notice requirement.
 
    In addition, the Company has granted demand registration rights with respect
to 330,343 shares  of Class  A Common  Stock (excluding  the 55,000  Acquisition
Shares)  issued in  connection with  two acquisitions  completed by  the Company
during fiscal 1996. Commencing in July 1996, holders of the demand  registration
rights will have the right to require the Company to register their shares under
the Securities Act on one occasion, but, with respect to 315,343 of such shares,
only  to the extent  that such shares may  not be sold  pursuant to an exemption
from registration under the Securities Act.
 
    The Company's directors, executive officers  and holders of all  outstanding
shares  of the Class  B Common Stock have  agreed not to  offer, sell, assign or
transfer any securities of the Company for a period of 180 days from the closing
of this Offering  without the prior  written consent of  Piper Jaffray Inc.  The
sale,  or availability for sale, of substantial  amounts of Class A Common Stock
in the public  market subsequent  to this  Offering could  adversely affect  the
prevailing  market  prices  of the  Company's  securities and  could  impair the
Company's ability to  raise additional capital  through the sale  of its  equity
securities.
 
    Following  this Offering, no predictions can be  made of the effect, if any,
of future public sales  of restricted shares or  the availability of  restricted
shares  for sale in the public market.  Moreover, the Company cannot predict the
number of shares of Class A Common Stock that may be sold in the future pursuant
to Rule 144 or Rule 701 of the Securities Act because such sales will depend on,
among other  factors, the  market price  of the  Class A  Common Stock  and  the
individual  circumstances of the  holders thereof. The  availability for sale of
substantial amounts of Class A Common Stock acquired through the exercise of the
Class B Warrants, other outstanding options or the Blair Options could adversely
affect prevailing market prices for the Class A Common Stock.
 
    The Company  has  filed a  registration  statement  on Form  S-8  under  the
Securities Act to register shares of Class A Common Stock that have been issued,
or  are  reserved  for  future  issuance,  to  current  employees,  directors or
consultants of the Company pursuant to the exercise of stock options or purchase
rights granted under the Company's 1994 and 1995 Plans. See "Management -- Stock
Option Plans" and "Management -- Formula Stock Option Plan." Shares issued under
the 1994 and 1995  Plans will be  available for immediate  resale in the  public
market.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    The  Company  and  the Selling  Stockholders  have entered  into  a Purchase
Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") with  the underwriters listed in the  table
below   (the   "Underwriters"),   for   whom   Piper   Jaffray   Inc.   and  The
Robinson-Humphrey   Company,   Inc.   are   acting   as   representatives   (the
"Representatives").  Subject  to  the  terms and  conditions  set  forth  in the
Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to sell
5,500,000 shares of Class A  Common Stock to the  Underwriters, and each of  the
Underwriters  has severally agreed to  purchase the number of  shares of Class A
Common Stock set forth opposite each Underwriter's name in the table below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               NUMBER
UNDERWRITERS                                                                                 OF SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
<S>                                                                                         <C>
Piper Jaffray Inc.........................................................................
The Robinson-Humphrey Company, Inc........................................................
 
                                                                                            ------------
  Total...................................................................................     5,500,000
                                                                                            ------------
                                                                                            ------------
</TABLE>
 
    Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  Purchase  Agreement,  the
Underwriters  have agreed to purchase all of the Class A Common Stock being sold
pursuant to the Purchase Agreement if any is purchased (excluding shares covered
by the over-allotment option granted therein). In the event of a default by  any
Underwriter,  the Purchase  Agreement provides  that, in  certain circumstances,
purchase commitments  of the  non-defaulting Underwriters  may be  increased  or
decreased or the Purchase Agreement may be terminated.
 
    The  Representatives have advised  the Company and  the Selling Stockholders
that the Underwriters propose to offer the Class A Common Stock directly to  the
public  initially at the  public offering price  set forth on  the cover page of
this Prospectus and to certain  dealers at such price  less a concession of  not
more  than $     per share.  Additionally, the Underwriters  may allow, and such
dealers may allow, a concession not in excess of $    per share to certain other
dealers. After the Offering, the public  offering price and other selling  terms
may be changed by the Underwriters.
 
    The  Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable by Piper
Jaffray Inc. within 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to
825,000 additional shares of Class A Common Stock at the same price per share to
be paid  by  the  Underwriters for  the  other  shares offered  hereby.  If  the
Underwriters  purchase any  of such additional  shares pursuant  to this option,
each Underwriter  will  be  committed  to purchase  such  additional  shares  in
approximately  the  same  proportion  as  set  forth  in  the  table  above. The
Underwriters  may  exercise  the  option  only  for  the  purpose  of   covering
over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the distribution of the Class A
Common Stock offered hereby.
 
    The Company, its executive officers and Directors have agreed that they will
not sell, offer to sell, issue, distribute or otherwise dispose of any shares of
Class  A Common  Stock or any  options, rights  or warrants with  respect to any
shares of Class A Common  Stock or register any shares  of Class A Common  Stock
for  sale under the Securities Act,  for a period of 180  days after the date of
this Prospectus  (the "Lock-Up  Period") without  the prior  written consent  of
Piper  Jaffray Inc.,  except that the  Company may  issue shares of  (i) Class A
Common Stock pursuant to the over-allotment option, (ii) Class A Common Stock or
options to purchase Class A Common Stock  under the Plans, (iii) Class A  Common
Stock  upon the  exercise of  presently outstanding  warrants, and  (iv) Class A
Common Stock  in connection  with  the Company's  expansion strategy  of  growth
through  acquisitions, provided that such Class A Common Stock is restricted and
is
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
not tradeable prior to the expiration  of the Lock-Up Period. See "Risk  Factors
- --  Possible Depressive Effect on Price of  Securities of Future Sales of Common
Stock and Exercise of Warrants; Issuance of Additional Shares."
 
    The Representatives of the  Underwriters have advised  the Company that  the
Underwriters  do not  intend to  confirm sales  to any  account over  which they
exercise discretionary authority  in excess  of 5% of  the number  of shares  of
Class A Common Stock offered hereby.
 
    The Offering price was determined by negotiation between the Company and the
Representatives.  Among the  factors considered  in determining  this price were
prevailing market and economic conditions, the Company's revenues and  earnings,
estimates  of the business  potential and prospects of  the Company, the present
state of  the Company's  business  operations, an  assessment of  the  Company's
management, and the consideration of the above factors in relation to the market
valuation of companies in related businesses.
 
    The  Company  and  each Selling  Stockholder  have agreed  to  indemnify the
Underwriters  and  their  controlling   persons  against  certain   liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the
Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
    In  connection with  this Offering, the  Underwriters may  engage in passive
market making transactions in  the Class A Common  Stock on the Nasdaq  National
Market  immediately  prior to  the commencement  of sales  in this  Offering, in
accordance with  Rule 10b-6A  under  the Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934,  as
amended.  Passive  market  making  consists of  displaying  bids  on  the Nasdaq
National Market limited by  the bid prices of  market makers not connected  with
this  Offering  and making  purchases  limited by  such  prices and  effected in
response to order flow. Net purchases by a passive market maker on each day  are
limited  to a specified  percentage of the passive  market maker's average daily
trading volume in the Class  A Common Stock during  a specified period prior  to
the  filing of this Prospectus with the Commission and must be discontinued when
such limit is reached. Passive market  making may stabilize the market price  of
the  Class A Common Stock  at a level above  that which might otherwise prevail,
and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    O'Connor, Broude & Aronson, Bay Colony Corporate Center, 950 Winter  Street,
Suite  2300, Waltham,  Massachusetts 02154  will pass  upon the  legality of the
securities offered hereby for the Company. Certain attorneys at O'Connor, Broude
& Aronson hold options to purchase up to 60,000 shares of Common Stock.  Certain
legal  matters will be  passed on for  the Underwriters by  Kaplan, Strangis and
Kaplan, P.A.,  5500  Norwest  Center,  90  South  Seventh  Street,  Minneapolis,
Minnesota 55402.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The  consolidated financial statements of Video Update, Inc. as of April 30,
1995 and 1996, and  for each of the  three years in the  period ended April  30,
1996,  included  in this  Prospectus have  been  audited by  Ernst &  Young LLP,
independent auditors, as set forth  in their report thereon appearing  elsewhere
herein and in the Registration Statement, and are included in reliance upon such
report  given  upon the  authority of  such  firm as  experts in  accounting and
auditing.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The Company has filed with the  Commission a Registration Statement on  Form
S-3  (the "Registration  Statement") in  accordance with  the provisions  of the
Securities Act, with respect to  the securities offered hereby. This  Prospectus
does not contain all the information set forth in the Registration Statement and
the  exhibits  thereto.  For  further  information,  reference  is  made  to the
Registration Statement and  to the exhibits  filed therewith. Statements  herein
contained concerning the provisions of any document are not necessarily complete
and,  in each instance, reference is made to  the copy of such document filed as
an exhibit to  the Registration  Statement. The Registration  Statement and  the
exhibits  may be inspected without charge at  the offices of the Commission and,
upon payment  to the  Commission of  prescribed fees  and rates,  copies of  all
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
or  any part thereof may  be obtained from the  Commission's principal office at
the Public  Reference Section,  Room 1024,  Judiciary Plaza,  450 Fifth  Street,
N.W.,  Washington  D.C.  20549,  or  certain  of  the  regional  offices  of the
Commission located at 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048 or 500 West
Madison Street,  Suite  1400,  Chicago,  Illinois 60661,  upon  payment  to  the
Commission  of  prescribed  fees  and  rates.  Reports,  and  other  information
concerning the Company may also be inspected at the offices of the Nasdaq  Stock
Market, Inc., located at 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.
 
               INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE
 
    The  following documents,  which have been  previously filed  by the Company
with the Commission  under the Exchange  Act, are incorporated  by reference  in
this Prospectus:
 
    (1) Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for fiscal 1996; and
 
    (2)  Description of  the Company's  Common Stock  in the  Company's Form 8-A
       Registration Statement, declared effective on July 20, 1994.
 
    All documents filed by the Company pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14  or
15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to the date of this Prospectus and prior to
the  completion  of  the  Offering  described  herein  shall  be  deemed  to  be
incorporated by reference into this  Prospectus from the respective dates  those
documents are filed.
 
    Any statement contained herein or in a document incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated  by reference herein  shall be deemed to  be modified or superseded
for purposes of  the Registration Statement  and this Prospectus  to the  extent
that  a statement contained  herein or in any  subsequently filed document which
also is  or  is  deemed to  be  incorporated  by reference  herein  modifies  or
supersedes  such statement. Any  such statement so  modified or superseded shall
not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of  the
Registration Statement or this Prospectus.
 
    The  Company will provide, without charge, to  each person to whom a copy of
this Prospectus  is delivered,  upon the  written or  oral request  of any  such
person,  a copy  of any  or all  of the  documents which  have been incorporated
herein by reference, other than exhibits to such documents (unless such exhibits
are specifically  incorporated by  reference). Requests  should be  directed  in
writing to Daniel A. Potter, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Video Update,
Inc.,  3100  World Trade  Center, 30  East Seventh  Street, St.  Paul, Minnesota
55101, or by telephone at (612) 222-0006.
 
                              RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
 
    No material changes in the Company's affairs have occurred since the end  of
fiscal 1996, which have not been described in an Annual Report on Form 10-KSB, a
Quarterly  Report on Form  10-QSB or a Current  Report on Form  8-K filed by the
Company under the Exchange Act.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Report of Independent Auditors............................................   F-2
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 30, 1995 and 1996...............   F-3
  Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended April 30, 1994,
   1995 and 1996..........................................................   F-4
  Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended
   April 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996..........................................   F-5
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended April 30,
   1994, 1995 and 1996....................................................   F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..............................   F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
Board of Directors
Video Update, Inc.
 
    We  have  audited  the  accompanying consolidated  balance  sheets  of Video
Update, Inc. and subsidiaries  as of April  30, 1995 and  1996, and the  related
consolidated  statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each
of the  three  years  in  the  period ended  April  30,  1996.  These  financial
statements   are   the   responsibility  of   the   Company's   management.  Our
responsibility is to express an opinion  on these financial statements based  on
our audits.
 
    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our opinion, these financial statements  present fairly, in all material
respects,  the  consolidated  financial  position  of  Video  Update,  Inc.  and
subsidiaries  at April 30,  1995 and 1996,  and the consolidated  results of its
operations and its cash flows  for each of the three  years in the period  ended
April 30, 1996 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
    As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, in 1996 the
Company   changed  its  method  of  accounting   for  the  amortization  of  its
videocassette rental inventory.
 
                                                    /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
Minneapolis, Minnesota
June 12, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      APRIL 30,      APRIL 30,
                                                         1995           1996
                                                     ------------   ------------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>
Cash and cash equivalents.........................   $      5,573   $        676
Accounts receivable...............................             91            558
Notes receivable from related parties.............             30          1,555
Inventory.........................................          1,239          4,545
Videocassette rental inventory -- net.............          4,821         25,701
Property and equipment -- net.....................          4,594         18,988
Prepaid expenses..................................            135            682
Goodwill -- net...................................          2,912         25,973
Other assets......................................             55            840
                                                     ------------   ------------
Total assets......................................   $     19,450   $     79,518
                                                     ------------   ------------
                                                     ------------   ------------
 
                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Notes payable.....................................   $      1,278   $      4,859
Accounts payable..................................          1,194          8,692
Accrued compensation..............................            255          1,334
Accrued expenses..................................            735            977
Accrued rent expense..............................            157            228
Income taxes payable..............................              -            593
Deferred income taxes.............................            566            841
Other liabilities.................................             94            494
Commitments and contingencies.....................
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share:
    Authorized shares -- 5,000,000
    Issued shares -- None.........................              -              -
  Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share:
    Authorized shares -- 50,000,000...............
    Issued and outstanding shares -- 4,138,366 at
     April 30, 1995
     and 11,017,735 at April 30, 1996.............             41            110
  Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share:
    Authorized, issued and outstanding shares --
     2,000,000 at
     April 30, 1995 and 1996......................             20             20
  Additional paid-in capital......................         14,552         61,029
  Retained earnings...............................            558          2,186
  Foreign currency translation....................              -            (34)
                                                     ------------   ------------
                                                           15,171         63,311
  Notes receivable from officers for the exercise
   of options.....................................              -         (1,811)
                                                     ------------   ------------
Total stockholders' equity........................         15,171         61,500
                                                     ------------   ------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........   $     19,450   $     79,518
                                                     ------------   ------------
                                                     ------------   ------------
</TABLE>
 
                             See accompanying notes
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,
                                                                                   -------------------------------
                                                                                     1994       1995       1996
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS,
                                                                                      EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues:
  Rental revenue.................................................................  $   4,180  $   8,364  $  46,592
  Service fees...................................................................        472        421        491
  Product sales..................................................................        337        266      3,421
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                       4,989      9,051     50,504
Costs and expenses:
  Store operating expenses.......................................................      2,997      5,986     39,685
  Selling, general and administrative............................................      1,179      2,223      5,362
  Cost of product sales..........................................................        186        136      1,880
  Amortization of goodwill.......................................................          -         83      1,072
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                       4,362      8,428     47,999
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income.................................................................        627        623      2,505
Interest expense.................................................................       (143)      (194)      (232)
Amortization of debt costs.......................................................          -       (157)         -
Other income.....................................................................         17        155        548
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                        (126)      (196)       316
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
Income from continuing operations before income taxes............................        501        427      2,821
Income tax expense...............................................................        200        214      1,193
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
Income from continuing operations................................................        301        213      1,628
Discontinued operations:
  Loss from discontinued operations, net of applicable income tax benefit........          -        (24)         -
  Loss on disposal of discontinued operations, net of applicable income tax
   benefit.......................................................................          -        (35)         -
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
Net loss from discontinued operations............................................          -        (59)         -
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income.......................................................................  $     301  $     154  $   1,628
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
Primary income (loss) per share:
  Income from continuing operations..............................................  $     .33  $     .10  $     .15
  Discontinued operations........................................................          -       (.03)         -
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income.....................................................................  $     .33  $     .07  $     .15
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
Fully diluted income (loss) per share:
  Income from continuing operations..............................................  $     .33  $     .10  $     .14
  Discontinued operations........................................................          -       (.03)         -
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income.....................................................................  $     .33  $     .07  $     .14
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                             See accompanying notes
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                         (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARES)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    CLASS A                   CLASS B           ADDITIONAL
                                                  COMON STOCK               COMMON STOCK          PAID-IN     RETAINED
                                            ------------------------  ------------------------    CAPITAL     EARNINGS
                                             NUMBER OF                 NUMBER OF                -----------  -----------
                                              SHARES       AMOUNT       SHARES       AMOUNT       AMOUNT       AMOUNT
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance at April 30, 1993.................           -    $       -      455,520    $       5    $     461    $     103
  Issuance of additional shares and
   transfer to adjust common stock to
   authorized par value as a result of
   2.1953-for-1 stock split...............           -            -      544,480            5           (5)           -
  Issuance of additional shares and
   transfer to adjust common stock to
   authorized par value as a result of
   2-for-1 stock split....................           -            -    1,000,000           10          (10)           -
  Warrants issued in connection with
   subordinated equity notes..............           -            -            -            -            5            -
  Net income..............................           -            -            -            -            -          301
                                            -----------       -----   -----------         ---   -----------  -----------
Balance at April 30, 1994.................           -            -    2,000,000           20          451          404
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the Initial Public Offering net of
   registration expenses..................   1,351,250           13            -            -        5,280            -
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the Company's acquisitions.............     481,616            5            -            -        2,643            -
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the Subsequent Public Offering net of
   registration expenses..................   2,305,500           23            -            -        6,178            -
  Net income..............................           -            -            -            -            -          154
                                            -----------       -----   -----------         ---   -----------  -----------
Balance at April 30, 1995.................   4,138,366           41    2,000,000           20       14,552          558
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the overallotment option related to the
   Subsequent Public Offering.............     345,970            3            -            -          989            -
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the Company's acquisitions.............   1,603,444           17            -            -       14,746            -
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the redemption of the Class A
   Warrants...............................   4,502,105           45            -            -       28,369            -
  Issuance of shares related to employee
   stock options exercised................     427,850            4            -            -        1,842            -
  Notes issued by officers for the
   exercise of stock options..............           -            -            -            -            -            -
  Tax benefit resulting from the exercise
   of non-qualified stock options.........           -            -            -            -          531            -
  Foreign currency translation............           -            -            -            -            -            -
  Net income..............................           -            -            -            -            -        1,628
                                            -----------       -----   -----------         ---   -----------  -----------
Balance at April 30, 1996.................  11,017,735    $     110    2,000,000    $      20    $  61,029    $   2,186
                                            -----------       -----   -----------         ---   -----------  -----------
                                            -----------       -----   -----------         ---   -----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                FOREIGN       OFFICERS'
                                               CURRENCY         NOTES
                                              TRANSLATION    RECEIVABLE
                                            ---------------  -----------
                                                AMOUNT         AMOUNT       TOTAL
                                            ---------------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                         <C>              <C>          <C>
Balance at April 30, 1993.................     $       -      $       -   $     569
  Issuance of additional shares and
   transfer to adjust common stock to
   authorized par value as a result of
   2.1953-for-1 stock split...............             -              -           -
  Issuance of additional shares and
   transfer to adjust common stock to
   authorized par value as a result of
   2-for-1 stock split....................             -              -           -
  Warrants issued in connection with
   subordinated equity notes..............             -              -           5
  Net income..............................             -              -         301
                                                     ---     -----------  ---------
Balance at April 30, 1994.................             -              -         875
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the Initial Public Offering net of
   registration expenses..................             -              -       5,293
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the Company's acquisitions.............             -              -       2,648
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the Subsequent Public Offering net of
   registration expenses..................             -              -       6,201
  Net income..............................             -              -         154
                                                     ---     -----------  ---------
Balance at April 30, 1995.................             -              -      15,171
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the overallotment option related to the
   Subsequent Public Offering.............             -              -         992
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the Company's acquisitions.............             -              -      14,763
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the redemption of the Class A
   Warrants...............................             -              -      28,414
  Issuance of shares related to employee
   stock options exercised................             -              -       1,846
  Notes issued by officers for the
   exercise of stock options..............             -         (1,811)     (1,811)
  Tax benefit resulting from the exercise
   of non-qualified stock options.........             -              -         531
  Foreign currency translation............           (34)             -         (34)
  Net income..............................             -              -       1,628
                                                     ---     -----------  ---------
Balance at April 30, 1996.................     $     (34)     $  (1,811)  $  61,500
                                                     ---     -----------  ---------
                                                     ---     -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                             See accompanying notes
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,
                                                                                  --------------------------------
                                                                                    1994       1995        1996
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ----------
                                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income......................................................................  $     301  $     154  $    1,628
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
 activities:
  Depreciation and amortization.................................................      1,149      2,212      15,241
  Deferred rent and other liabilities...........................................          -        129         472
  Deferred income taxes.........................................................          -        406          31
  Provision for discontinued operations.........................................          -         35           -
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions of
   businesses:
    Accounts receivable.........................................................        (39)        24        (385)
    Notes receivable............................................................        (14)         1        (272)
    Inventory...................................................................       (124)      (946)     (2,563)
    Other assets................................................................       (141)         8        (801)
    Accounts payable............................................................        143         92       5,921
    Income taxes payable........................................................          -       (240)      1,130
    Other liabilities...........................................................          -        317      (1,319)
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ----------
Net cash provided by operating activities.......................................      1,275      2,192      19,083
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of videocassette rental inventory......................................     (1,606)    (3,752)    (22,739)
Purchase of property and equipment..............................................       (400)    (2,901)    (12,301)
Investment in businesses, net of cash acquired..................................          -       (708)    (17,391)
Notes receivable from officers..................................................          -          -      (1,252)
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ----------
Net cash used in investing activities...........................................     (2,006)    (7,361)    (53,683)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from bank line of credit...............................................          -          -       4,100
Proceeds from notes payable.....................................................        900      2,171           -
Payments on notes payable.......................................................       (164)    (2,829)     (3,838)
Payments of loan costs..........................................................        (24)      (145)          -
Proceeds from exercise of employee options......................................          -          -          35
Proceeds from exercise of Class A warrants......................................          -          -      28,414
Proceeds from issuance of common stock..........................................          -     11,494         992
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ----------
Net cash provided by financing activities.......................................        712     10,691      29,703
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ----------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents................................        (19)     5,522      (4,897)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..................................         70         51       5,573
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........................................  $      51  $   5,573  $      676
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ----------
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                             See accompanying notes
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
 
1.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    NATURE OF BUSINESS
 
    Video  Update, Inc. and subsidiaries (the  "Company") own and operate retail
video stores and sell and support retail video franchises. Company-owned  stores
are  located in the United States and Canada with franchises located principally
in the United States.
 
    CONSOLIDATION
 
    The accompanying  financial statements  present the  consolidated  financial
position,  results of operations and cash flows of the Company. All intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that  affect  the amounts  reported  in the  consolidated  financial
statements   and  accompanying   notes.  The  most   significant  estimates  and
assumptions relate to the amortization methods and useful lives of videocassette
rental inventory and goodwill. These estimates and assumptions could change  and
actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
    BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    The Company utilizes an unclassified balance sheet presentation. This format
was  followed  based  on the  premise  that the  videocassette  rental inventory
represents assets used by the Company to generate current operating income,  and
management  believes that to classify all of  these costs as noncurrent would be
misleading to  the readers  of the  financial statements  because it  would  not
indicate the level of assets expected to be converted into cash in the next year
as a result of the rentals of the videocassettes.
 
    SERVICE FEES
 
    The  Company receives continuing monthly royalty  and other fee revenue from
its franchisees based on a percentage of the franchisees' gross monthly revenue.
Royalty fee and other fee  revenues will continue for  the initial terms of  the
franchise  agreements,  after  which the  revenues  will be  based  upon renewed
franchise agreements. Origination franchise fees collected are deferred and  not
recorded as revenue in the statement of income until the franchisee has executed
a lease or a letter of intent for a franchised store location.
 
    CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  a remaining
maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.
 
    INVENTORY
 
    Inventory is stated at  the lower of cost  or market. Inventory consists  of
videocassettes  held as base stock for the opening of new stores, videocassettes
held for sale and supplies available for sale to franchisees.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
 
1.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    VIDEOCASSETTE RENTAL INVENTORY
 
    Videocassette rental inventory is stated at cost, and is amortized over  the
estimated economic life as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 NUMBER OF COPIES
OF TITLE PER STORE                       AMORTIZATION POLICY
- -------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                  <C>
One through three    Straight-line over 36 months to a salvage value of $6.00 per
                     videocassette.
 
Four through nine    Straight-line over 6 months to a book value of $6.00 and
                     then straight-line over 30 months.
 
Ten and over         Straight-line over 6 months to a book value of $6.00 and
                     then straight-line over 3 months.
</TABLE>
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Furniture  and  equipment are  recorded at  cost  and depreciated  using the
straight-line method over the  estimated economic life of  the asset of five  to
ten years. Leasehold improvements are recorded at cost and depreciated using the
straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated economic life of ten years
or the lease term.
 
    GOODWILL
 
    Goodwill,  consisting principally  of excess cost  over net  assets from the
acquisitions of businesses, is  net of accumulated  amortization of $83,000  and
$1,155,000 at April 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and is being amortized on a
straight-line  basis over twenty years. If  facts and circumstances suggest that
the goodwill will not  be recoverable, as determined  based on the  undiscounted
cash  flows of the  assets acquired over the  remaining amortization period, the
Company's carrying value of goodwill will be reduced by the estimated shortfalls
of cash flows.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    The Company  accounts  for  income taxes  utilizing  the  liability  method.
Deferred   income  taxes  are  recorded  to  reflect  the  tax  consequences  of
differences between  the  tax  and  financial  reporting  bases  of  assets  and
liabilities.
 
    STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
    The  Company plans  to implement the  disclosure provisions  of Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards   Number  123  (SFAS   123),  "Accounting   for
Stock-Based  Compensation", in fiscal 1997. SFAS 123 was issued by the Financial
Accounting Standards  Board in  October  1995, and  allows companies  to  choose
whether  to account  for stock-based  compensation under  the current  method as
prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion Number 25 (APB 25) or use  the
fair value method described in SFAS 123. The Company plans to continue to follow
the  accounting measurement provisions of APB 25. Therefore, management believes
the impact of implementing the disclosure provisions of SFAS 123 will not have a
significant effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.
 
    RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARD
 
    In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement  of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  Number  121  (SFAS  121)  "Accounting  for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets  and for Long-Lived Assets  to Be Disposed  Of."
SFAS 121 prescribes the accounting treatment for long-lived assets, identifiable
intangibles and goodwill related to those assets when there are indications that
the carrying
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
 
1.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
values  of those  assets may  not be  recoverable. Management  believes that the
adoption of SFAS 121 in fiscal 1997  will not have a material adverse effect  on
the Company's results of operations or its financial condition taken as a whole.
 
    FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    At April 30, 1995 and 1996, the carrying value of financial instruments such
as  cash and cash  equivalents, accounts payable  and notes payable approximated
their fair values.
 
    NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE
 
    Net income per share is computed by dividing net income for the year by  the
weighted  average number of shares of common stock and common stock equivalents,
if dilutive, outstanding during the year. The weighted average number of  shares
used  in the net income  per share calculation was  reduced by the common shares
placed in escrow in connection with the Company's initial public offering.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL
                                                                                   30,
                                                                        -------------------------
                                                                         1994     1995     1996
                                                                        -------  -------  -------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER
                                                                             SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                                     <C>      <C>      <C>
PRIMARY NET INCOME PER SHARE
Net income............................................................  $   301  $   154  $ 1,628
                                                                        -------  -------  -------
                                                                        -------  -------  -------
Weighted average shares outstanding:
  Class A common shares outstanding at year end.......................        -    4,138   11,018
  Class B common shares outstanding at year end.......................    2,000    2,000    2,000
  Less: Class B common shares placed in escrow in connection with the
   initial public offering............................................   (1,300)  (1,300)  (1,300)
  Effect of using weighted average common shares outstanding..........      204   (2,612)  (2,046)
  Effect of shares issuable under stock options and warrants based on
   the treasury stock method..........................................        -        -      991
                                                                        -------  -------  -------
    Shares used in computing net income per share.....................      904    2,226   10,663
                                                                        -------  -------  -------
                                                                        -------  -------  -------
Net income per common and common equivalent share, primary............  $   .33  $   .07  $   .15
                                                                        -------  -------  -------
                                                                        -------  -------  -------
FULLY DILUTED NET INCOME PER SHARE
Net income............................................................  $   301  $   154  $ 1,628
                                                                        -------  -------  -------
                                                                        -------  -------  -------
Weighted average shares outstanding:
  Class A common shares outstanding at year end.......................        -    4,138   11,018
  Class B common shares outstanding at year end.......................    2,000    2,000    2,000
  Less: Class B common shares placed in escrow in connection with the
   initial public offering............................................   (1,300)  (1,300)  (1,300)
  Effect of using weighted average common shares outstanding..........      204   (2,612)  (2,046)
  Effect of shares issuable under stock options and warrants based on
   the treasury stock method..........................................        -        -    1,557
                                                                        -------  -------  -------
    Shares used in computing net income per share.....................      904    2,226   11,229
                                                                        -------  -------  -------
                                                                        -------  -------  -------
Net income per common and common equivalent share, fully diluted......  $   .33  $   .07  $   .14
                                                                        -------  -------  -------
                                                                        -------  -------  -------
</TABLE>
 
    RECLASSIFICATION
 
    Certain prior year items have been  reclassified to conform with the  fiscal
1996 presentation.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
 
2.  CHANGE IN AMORTIZATION METHOD FOR VIDEOCASSETTE RENTAL INVENTORY
    Effective  February 1, 1996,  videocassettes that are  considered base stock
(including copies  one through  three of  new releases)  are amortized  over  36
months  on a straight-line basis to a  salvage value of $6.00 per videocassette.
New release videocassettes are  amortized as follows:  the fourth through  ninth
copies  of each title  per store are  amortized on a  straight-line basis during
their first six months to a net book value of $6.00 and then on a  straight-line
basis  over 30 months  with no salvage  value; and the  tenth and any succeeding
copies of each  title per store  are amortized on  a straight-line basis  during
their  first six months to a net book value of $6.00 and then on a straight-line
basis over three months with no  salvage value. The changes, which represent  in
part  a change in accounting principle and a change in accounting estimate, have
been reflected in the accompanying financial statements in total as a change  in
an estimate in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996.
 
    Prior  to February 1, 1996, base stock videocassettes were amortized over 36
months on a straight-line basis with no salvage value. Prior to May 1, 1995, new
release videocassettes were amortized  as follows: copies  one through three  of
each  title per  store were  amortized as base  stock; the  fourth through ninth
copies of each title per store were amortized  40% in the first year and 30%  in
each  of the second and third years; and  the tenth and any succeeding copies of
each title per store were amortized over nine months on a straight-line basis.
 
    The new  method of  amortization was  adopted because  the Company  believes
accelerating expense recognition for new release videocassettes (copies four and
greater)  during the first six months  more closely matches the typically higher
revenue  generated  following  a  title's  release,  and  believes  that   $6.00
represents  a reasonable  salvage value for  base stock  videocassettes after 36
months.
 
    The effect of the change for recognizing salvage value of base stock and the
effect of the application of the  new method of amortizing videocassette  copies
in  excess  of the  base stock  to May  1, 1995,  had the  impact, in  total, of
increasing  amortization  expense  by  $2,773,000  and  decreasing  income  from
continuing  operations  and net  income by  $1,604,000, or  $.15 per  share, for
fiscal 1996, after the effect  of income taxes of  $1,169,000, all of which  has
been recorded in the fourth quarter.
 
3. VIDEOCASSETTE RENTAL INVENTORY -- NET
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        APRIL 30,  APRIL 30,
                                                                          1995        1996
                                                                        ---------  ----------
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>
Videocassette rental inventory........................................  $   8,387  $   41,759
Accumulated amortization..............................................     (3,566)    (16,058)
                                                                        ---------  ----------
                                                                        $   4,821  $   25,701
                                                                        ---------  ----------
                                                                        ---------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    Amortization  expense for videocassette rental  inventory, which is included
in store operating expenses,  was $975,000, $1,643,000  and $12,532,000 for  the
years ended April 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
 
4.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT -- NET
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          APRIL 30,   APRIL 30,
                                                                            1995        1996
                                                                         -----------  ---------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                      <C>          <C>
Land...................................................................   $     458   $     473
Buildings..............................................................       1,085       1,300
Furniture and equipment................................................       3,074      12,218
Leasehold improvements.................................................         651       7,332
Accumulated depreciation...............................................        (674)     (2,335)
                                                                         -----------  ---------
                                                                          $   4,594   $  18,988
                                                                         -----------  ---------
                                                                         -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Depreciation  expense was  $134,000, $299,000  and $1,607,000  for the years
ended April 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
5.  NOTES PAYABLE
    The notes payable balance consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  APRIL 30,  APRIL 30,
                                                                                    1995        1996
                                                                                  ---------  ----------
                                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                               <C>        <C>
Revolving credit facility with a bank; quarterly payments of interest at the
 prime rate (8.25% at April 30, 1996) maturing in April 1997 and secured by all
 assets of the Company..........................................................  $       -  $    4,100
 
Note payable, interest at the United States government treasury securities rate
 plus 4.5% (10.26% at April 30, 1996). The note is secured by a mortgage and
 specific assets of the Company.................................................        567         548
 
Note payable in monthly installments of $14,329 which includes interest at 7.5%
 until December 1996............................................................          -         111
 
Other notes payable with monthly installments ranging from $1,305 to $2,105 with
 interest rates of 9.25% to 11%.................................................        136         100
 
Note payable to a bank, monthly installments of $15,036, which included interest
 at the bank's base rate plus 3% (12.00% at April 30, 1995). The note was paid
 in full in April 1996..........................................................        423           -
 
Contract for deed payable, monthly installments of $2,296 which included
 interest at 12%. The contract for deed was paid in full in 1996................        152           -
                                                                                  ---------  ----------
 
                                                                                  $   1,278  $    4,859
                                                                                  ---------  ----------
                                                                                  ---------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    In April 1996, the Company entered into a one-year revolving credit facility
("Line of  Credit")  under  which  the Company  may  borrow  up  to  $10,000,000
($4,100,000  outstanding at  April 30,  1996), with  amounts borrowed thereunder
bearing interest at variable rates based  on the federal funds rate, prime  rate
or  the interbank  Eurodollar rate.  The Line  of Credit  is convertible  into a
two-year term loan if it is not renewed.  During the term of the Line of  Credit
and  thereafter to  the extent  any amounts  are outstanding  under the  Line of
Credit, the Company  is subject to  various restrictive covenants.  The Line  of
Credit  also requires that the Company maintain certain cash flow ratios as well
as certain ratios of total liabilities to tangible net worth.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
 
5.  NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED)
    The weighted-average interest rate on  borrowings outstanding was 10.0%  and
8.25% at April 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
    The  aggregate maturities  of the  notes payable  at April  30, 1996  are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>
1997......................................................     $   4,331
1998......................................................            22
1999......................................................            24
2000......................................................            26
2001......................................................            34
2002 and thereafter.......................................           422
                                                                  ------
                                                               $   4,859
                                                                  ------
                                                                  ------
</TABLE>
 
6.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    Family members of stockholders  own a majority interest  at April 30,  1994,
1995  and 1996 in two, one and one franchise stores, respectively. The amount of
service fees earned from these franchisees was $30,000, $18,000 and $20,000  for
the years ended April 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The amount due from
the franchisees at April 30, 1995 and 1996 amounted to $2,000, for each year.
 
    In  1994, the  Company entered  into an  Agreement and  Plan of  Merger with
Koonrod, Inc. ("KRI")  and the  stockholders of  KRI. Under  the Agreement,  the
Company  acquired all of  the outstanding stock  of KRI in  exchange for $75,000
cash and 105,000 shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock which were  valued
at  approximately  $496,000,  and  KRI  was merged  into  the  Company.  The two
stockholders of KRI who owned all of the outstanding stock of KRI are the father
and brother-in-law of the Company's Chief Executive Officer ("CEO").
 
    In  1995,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Purchase  Agreement  with  Bedard
Entertainment,  Inc. ("BEI"),  and the stockholders  of BEI.  Under the Purchase
Agreement, the  Company acquired  substantially  all of  the  assets of  BEI  in
exchange  for  15,000 shares  of  Class A  Common  Stock and  the  assumption of
indebtedness  of  BEI  in  the   amount  of  approximately  $275,000.  The   two
stockholders  of  BEI who  owned all  of the  outstanding stock  of BEI  are the
brother and sister-in-law of the Company's President.
 
    During the years ended April 30,  1994, 1995 and 1996, the Company  incurred
approximately  $19,000, $48,000,  and $245,000,  respectively, in  expenses from
Johnson, West  &  Co.,  PLC ("Johnson,  West  &  Co.") for  accounting  and  tax
services. A director of the Company is a member of Johnson, West & Co.
 
    In  fiscal 1996,  the Company  advanced to its  CEO and  its President under
notes receivable, as amended, $1,164,000  and $647,000, respectively, to  enable
them  to exercise options to purchase a total of 420,000 shares of the Company's
Class A Common Stock at an exercise  price of $4.3125, the fair market value  of
the stock on the date the options were granted, with such amounts reflected as a
reduction  of stockholders' equity at April  30, 1996. Additionally, the Company
advanced these officers under similar  arrangements an additional $1,252,000  to
satisfy  the then anticipated  tax liabilities. The  notes receivable as amended
are full recourse loans payable in ten equal installments due in August of  each
of  the first nine years with  the final payment due in  May of 2005 and accrues
interest at 6.9%. At April  30, 1996 the total due  the Company under the  notes
including interest was approximately $3,197,000.
 
    As  of April 30, 1995  and 1996, the Company has  a note receivable from the
President for $26,000 and $29,000, respectively, which bears interest at 8%  and
is due November 1996.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
 
7.  LEASE AGREEMENTS
    The Company leases office and retail space under operating leases with terms
of 6 to 144 months. These leases generally have a term of three to ten years and
provide  options  to renew  for periods  ranging from  three to  five additional
years. Under the leasing  agreements, the Company  is generally responsible  for
the  real estate taxes,  insurance, and other expenses  related to the property.
The leases  expire  at varying  dates  through  2008. The  Company  also  leases
vehicles and computer equipment.
 
    At  April 30, 1996,  minimum annual rental  commitments under non-cancelable
operating leases are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>
1997......................................................    $   11,074
1998......................................................        10,338
1999......................................................         8,972
2000......................................................         6,569
2001......................................................         4,737
2002 and thereafter.......................................        13,739
                                                                 -------
Total minimum lease payments..............................    $   55,429
                                                                 -------
                                                                 -------
</TABLE>
 
    Rent expense, principally  retail and office  space, under operating  leases
amounted  to $630,000, $1,292,000  and $7,675,000 for the  years ended April 30,
1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
8.  INCOME TAXES
    Income from  continuing operations  before income  taxes in  fiscal 1996  of
$2,821,000  is  comprised of  $2,412,000 in  the United  States and  $409,000 in
Canada. There were no operations outside of the United States in prior years.
 
    Income tax expense is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,
                                                              -------------------------------------
                                                                 1994         1995         1996
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>          <C>
Current:
  Federal...................................................   $      92    $     (28)   $     833
  State.....................................................          33            -          164
  International.............................................           -            -          165
                                                                   -----        -----   -----------
                                                                     125          (28)       1,162
Deferred:
  Federal...................................................          57          164           39
  State.....................................................          18           41          (53)
  International.............................................           -            -           45
                                                                   -----        -----   -----------
                                                                      75          205           31
                                                                   -----        -----   -----------
Total income tax expense....................................         200          177        1,193
Income tax benefit related to
 discontinued operations....................................           -           37            -
                                                                   -----        -----   -----------
Income tax expense related to continuing operations.........   $     200    $     214    $   1,193
                                                                   -----        -----   -----------
                                                                   -----        -----   -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
 
8.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    Components of the net deferred tax liability, resulting from differences  in
book and income tax accounting methods, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               APRIL      APRIL
                                                                30,        30,
                                                                1995       1996
                                                              --------   --------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Deferred income tax liabilities:
  Tax over book depreciation and amortization...............  $   420    $   780
  Tax over book merger basis adjustment.....................      248        337
                                                              --------   --------
                                                                  668      1,117
Deferred income tax assets:
  Book over tax rent expense................................     (102)      (276)
                                                              --------   --------
  Net deferred income tax liabilities.......................  $   566    $   841
                                                              --------   --------
                                                              --------   --------
</TABLE>
 
    The  reconciliation of  the federal  statutory rate  (34%) to  the Company's
effective income tax rate is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,
                                                              ----------------------------------------
                                                                  1994          1995          1996
                                                              ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>           <C>
Federal tax at statutory rate...............................        34.0%         34.0%         34.0%
State tax, net of federal benefit...........................         6.7          10.8           2.6
International...............................................           -             -           2.0
Goodwill....................................................           -           7.0           2.0
Other.......................................................        (.8)           1.7           1.7
                                                                     ---           ---           ---
                                                                    39.9%         53.5%         42.3%
                                                                     ---           ---           ---
                                                                     ---           ---           ---
</TABLE>
 
9.  SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,
                                                              -------------------------------------
                                                                 1994         1995         1996
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>          <C>
Interest paid...............................................   $      93    $     213    $     226
Income taxes paid...........................................   $     120    $      41    $      29
</TABLE>
 
10. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
    In July and August 1994, the  Company completed its initial public  offering
("IPO")  of 1,351,250 Units, each Unit consisting of one share of Class A Common
Stock, one Class  A Warrant  and one Class  B Warrant,  including 176,350  Units
subject  to the  underwriter's over-allotment. Proceeds  to the  Company, net of
registration expenses, were approximately $5,300,000.
 
    In February 1995, the Company increased  the number of authorized shares  of
Class A Common Stock from 18,000,000 shares to 50,000,000 shares.
 
    In April and May 1995, the Company completed a subsequent public offering of
2,305,500  Units  and 345,970  Units for  the underwriter's  overallotment, each
consisting of one share  of Class A  Common Stock, one Class  A Warrant and  one
Class  B Warrant.  Proceeds to the  Company, net of  registration expenses, were
approximately $7,200,000.
 
    The number of outstanding shares of Class  A Common Stock at April 30,  1996
includes  55,000  unregistered  shares  related to  one  of  the  Company's 1996
acquisitions pending resolution of a dispute with the sellers.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
 
10. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
    CLASS A COMMON STOCK -- CLASS B COMMON STOCK
 
    The rights of the holders of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common
Stock are essentially identical  and, except as expressly  required by law,  are
treated  as a single class of stock in  all respects, except that the holders of
the Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share, and the holders  of
the Class B Common Stock are entitled to five votes per share, and each share of
Class  B Common Stock is  convertible into one share of  Class A Common Stock at
any time and automatically converts  into one share of  Class A Common Stock  in
the event of any sale or transfer, and upon the death of the original holder.
 
    In  connection with the Company's  IPO, all of the  holders of the Company's
Class B Common Stock have placed, on a pro rata basis, an aggregate of 1,300,000
shares (the "Escrow Shares") into escrow. The Escrow Shares will be released  to
the  stockholders on a pro  rata basis, in the  event specified levels of pretax
income of the Company for the years ending April 30, 1995 to April 30, 1998  are
achieved,  or the  market price  of the Company's  Class A  Common Stock attains
specified targets during a 36 month period commencing from the effective date of
the registration statement relating to  the Company's IPO. Any shares  remaining
in  escrow  on  July 31,  1998  will be  forfeited,  which shares  will  then be
contributed to the Company's capital.
 
    In the event that the foregoing earnings or market price levels are attained
and the  Escrow Shares  released,  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  has
adopted  the position that the release  of Escrow Shares to officers, directors,
employees and consultants of the Company will be compensatory and,  accordingly,
a  non-cash compensation expense  would be recorded with  an increase to paid-in
capital for financial reporting purposes. As such, stockholder's equity in total
would not change. The expense  would equal the fair  market value of the  Escrow
Shares on the date of release and could result in a material charge to earnings.
 
    WARRANTS -- CLASS A AND B
 
    Each  of the  units sold in  connection with the  Company's public offerings
consisted of one  share of  Class A  Common Stock of  the Company,  one Class  A
Warrant  and one Class  B Warrant. The  components of the  units were separately
transferable immediately. When issued, each Class A Warrant, upon its  exercise,
entitled  the holder to purchase one share of the Company's Class A Common Stock
and one Class B Warrant. The Class A Warrant exercise price was $6.50 per  share
subject  to  certain  adjustments.  In  August  1995,  the  Company  called  for
redemption all of  its outstanding  Class A  Warrants. The  redemption date  set
forth in the Notice of Redemption was September 7, 1995. Approximately 4,502,000
Class  A Warrants  were exercised  resulting in net  proceeds to  the Company of
approximately $28,414,000. At April 30, 1996,  the Company has Class B  Warrants
outstanding enabling the holders the ability to purchase approximately 8,005,000
shares  of Class A Common Stock at $8.75 per share. Such warrants expire in July
1999. In addition,  there are  500,000 Class  B Warrants  outstanding that  were
issued  by the Company  in a 1994  bridge financing. These  warrants provide the
holders the  ability to  purchase the  underlying Class  A Common  Stock of  the
Company at $8.75 per share and expire July 1999.
 
    BLAIR OPTIONS
 
    At  April 30, 1996  the Company has  117,500 shares of  Class A Common Stock
reserved for issuance upon  exercise of the Unit  Purchase Option (the  "Initial
Option")  at  an aggregate  exercise  price of  $734,375,  issued to  D.H. Blair
Investment  Banking  Corp.  ("Blair")  in   connection  with  its  services   as
underwriter  of the Company's initial public offering; 230,550 shares of Class A
Common Stock reserved  for issuance upon  exercise of the  Unit Purchase  Option
(the  "Subsequent Option") at an aggregate  exercise price of $1,033,500, issued
to Blair or its'  affiliates in connection with  its services as underwriter  of
the  Company's subsequent public offering  (collectively, the Initial Option and
the Subsequent Option are referred to as the
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
 
10. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
"Blair Options"); 348,050 shares of Class  A Common Stock reserved for  issuance
upon  exercise  of the  redeemable  Class A  Warrants  (the "Class  A Warrants")
underlying the Blair Options, at an  exercise price of $6.50 per share;  696,100
shares  of Class A Common  Stock issuable upon exercise  of the Class B Warrants
underlying the Blair Options, at an exercise price of $8.75 per share.
 
11. STOCK OPTION PLANS
    In April 1994, the Company established  an incentive stock option plan  (the
"1994 Stock Plan") whereby 150,000 shares of Class A Common Stock were reserved.
The  options can be either incentive  stock options or non-qualified options, as
defined by  Section 422  of the  Internal  Revenue Code  ("Section 422")  to  be
granted  to eligible  individuals. The  exercise price  for the  incentive stock
options granted under the 1994 Stock Plan  may not be less than the fair  market
value of the Class A Common Stock on the date the option is granted.
 
    In  May 1995, the  Company established an additional  stock option plan (the
"1995 Plan")  whereby  850,000  shares  were  reserved  for  grant  to  eligible
individuals  to purchase Class A Common Stock  of the Company. Options under the
1995 Plan may be incentive stock options or non-qualified options. The  exercise
price  for the incentive  stock options granted  under the 1995  Plan may not be
less than fair market value of the Class  A Common Stock on the date the  option
is  granted.  In August  1995, 420,000  options  were exercised  by the  CEO and
President of the Company.
 
    The remaining options granted to employees under the stock plans vest over a
three year period from the date of issue, or vest according to income and  share
price  targets set  forth in the  escrow share  agreement of the  Class B Common
shares.
 
    In September 1994, the Board of Directors approved the Formula Stock  Option
Plan  (the "Formula Plan")  whereby 50,000 shares  of Class A  Common Stock have
been reserved.  The  Formula  Plan  provides for  the  granting  of  options  to
non-management  directors  of  the Company.  As  of  April 30,  1996  options to
purchase 6,000 shares of Class A  Common Stock were granted. The exercise  price
for  the incentive stock options granted under the plan may not be less than the
fair market value of the Class A Common Stock on the date the option is granted.
To date, none of these options have been exercised.
 
    Option activity is summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1994 AND
                                                SHARES     1995 PLAN       FORMULA                      EXERCISE
                                              AVAILABLE     OPTIONS     PLAN OPTIONS                     PRICE
                                              FOR GRANT   OUTSTANDING    OUTSTANDING    EXERCISABLE    PER SHARE
                                              ----------  -----------  ---------------  -----------  --------------
<S>                                           <C>         <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
Balance at April 30, 1994...................     150,000           -              -              -                -
  Establishment of the Formula Plan.........      50,000           -              -              -                -
  Granted...................................    (169,200)    166,200          3,000              -    $4.50 -  6.75
  Became exercisable........................           -           -              -         61,170     4.50 -  5.50
  Canceled..................................      30,900     (30,900)             -        (10,815)            5.00
                                              ----------  -----------         -----     -----------
Balance at April 30, 1995...................      61,700     135,300          3,000         50,355     4.50 -  6.75
  Establishment of the 1995 Plan............     850,000           -              -              -                -
  Granted...................................    (830,000)    827,000          3,000              -     4.31 - 10.25
  Became exercisable........................           -           -              -        576,000     4.31 -  7.63
  Exercised.................................           -    (427,850)             -       (427,850)    4.31 -  4.50
  Canceled..................................       6,000      (6,000)             -         (2,000)            7.63
                                              ----------  -----------         -----     -----------
Balance at April 30, 1996...................      87,700     528,450          6,000        196,505    $4.31 - 10.25
                                              ----------  -----------         -----     -----------
                                              ----------  -----------         -----     -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
 
12. ACQUISITIONS
    During fiscal years 1995 and 1996, the Company acquired, in 19 transactions,
nine video retail stores  previously operated by  Video Update franchisees,  and
141  video retail  stores operated  by unaffiliated  third party  operators (the
"Acquisitions"). The purchase method of accounting has been used to account  for
each  of  the  Acquisitions  and  are  included  in  the  Company's consolidated
financial statements from the date of acquisition.
 
    During fiscal year 1995, the  Company acquired, in seven transactions,  nine
video  retail stores  previously operated by  Video Update  franchisees and five
retail stores  operated by  unaffiliated third  party operators.  The  aggregate
purchase price of these acquisitions totaling approximately $3,510,000, included
$862,000  in  cash,  and  481,616  shares of  Class  A  Common  Stock  valued at
$2,648,000. The excess of the cost over  the estimated fair value of the  assets
acquired  of  $2,775,000 is  being amortized  over 20  years on  a straight-line
basis.
 
    During fiscal 1996,  the Company  acquired, in 12  transactions, 136  retail
stores.   The   aggregate  purchase   price   of  these   acquisitions  totaling
approximately  $40,114,000,  included   $17,391,000  in   cash,  $3,319,000   in
promissory  notes, $4,641,000 in assumed indebtedness and transaction costs, and
1,603,444 shares of Class A Common Stock valued at $14,763,000 and an option  to
purchase  20,000 shares  of Class A  Common Stock at  a price equal  to the fair
market value at the date of issuance. The excess of the cost over the  estimated
fair value of the assets acquired of $24,352,000 (goodwill and deferred charges)
is being amortized over 20 years on a straight-line basis.
 
    In  connection  with six  acquisitions in  which the  Company has  issued an
aggregate of  635,613  shares  of Class  A  Common  Stock, the  Company  may  be
obligated  to make deficiency  payments to such sellers  equal to the difference
between the guaranteed price of $7.00 to  $12.00 for each share issued, and  the
actual  market  price of  such shares  as  of specified  dates between  July and
October 1996. As of April 30, 1996  the deficiency payments are estimated to  be
approximately equal to $1,180,000. In two of these acquisitions, the Company has
the option of satisfying approximately $1,105,000 of this liability at April 30,
1996  through the issuance of approximately 136,000 additional shares of Class A
Common Stock (based on the April 30, 1996 stock price).
 
    The following  unaudited pro  forma  information presents  the  consolidated
results  of operations of the Company as  if the Acquisitions had been completed
at the  beginning  of  the  year  in which  the  acquisition  occurred  and  the
immediately  preceding year.  In the  opinion of  the Company's  management, all
adjustments necessary to present  fairly such pro forma  summary have been  made
based on the terms and structure of the transactions.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,
                                                          -------------------------------
                                                            1994       1995       1996
                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE
                                                                       DATA)
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues................................................  $   8,650  $  50,177  $  62,949
Income from continuing operations.......................  $     520  $   4,196  $   3,037
Primary income per share................................  $     .35  $     .46  $     .26
Fully diluted income per share..........................  $     .35  $     .46  $     .25
</TABLE>
 
    This unaudited pro forma financial summary does not necessarily indicate the
actual  results had the Acquisitions occurred at the beginning of the respective
periods, nor do they purport to indicate the results of future operations of the
Company.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
 
13. GEOGRAPHIC BUSINESS OPERATIONS
    The Company owns and operates retail  video stores in the United States  and
in Canada. A summary of the Company's operations by geographic area is presented
for  1996. There were no operations outside of the United States in prior years.
All intercompany revenues and expenses have been eliminated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       OPERATING     TOTAL
                                                           REVENUES     INCOME      ASSETS
                                                           ---------  -----------  ---------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>          <C>
United States............................................  $  40,372   $   2,107   $  70,582
Canada...................................................     10,132         398       8,936
                                                           ---------  -----------  ---------
                                                           $  50,504   $   2,505   $  79,518
                                                           ---------  -----------  ---------
                                                           ---------  -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
14. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
    Effective October  31,  1994, the  Company  adopted  a plan  to  dispose  of
Gamesters,  a video game specialty store. Accordingly, Gamesters was reported as
a discontinued operation at October 31, 1994, and the financial statements  have
been reclassified to report separately the operating results of the business.
 
    The  provision for losses  on the disposal  of Gamesters was  $35,000 net of
taxes of $25,000, consisting of an estimated loss on disposal of the business of
$12,000 and a  provision of $48,000  for anticipated losses  until disposal.  In
addition,  the summary operating  results of the  discontinued operation for the
year ended April 30, 1995 were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Product sales.....................................................  $  31,000
Cost and expenses.................................................     67,000
                                                                    ---------
(Loss) before income taxes........................................    (36,000)
Income tax benefit................................................     12,000
                                                                    ---------
Net (loss)........................................................  $ (24,000)
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
    The Company and the Selling  Stockholders (the Company's CEO and  President)
expect  to  file  a  registration statement  with  the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission in July 1996 to offer for sale approximately 5,500,000 shares of  its
Class  A Common Stock in an underwritten  public offering. Included as a part of
the shares to be sold are 420,000  shares of common stock currently held by  the
Company's  CEO and President as a result  of their exercise of options in August
1995. The proceeds to be received by the officers from the sale of their  shares
will  first be  used to pay  in full  the notes receivable  and interest therein
totaling $3,197,000 discussed in Note 6. Additionally, net proceeds will be used
to retire outstanding  notes payable  of $4,100,000 as  of April  30, 1996.  The
effect  on supplemental net income  and net income per share  as a result of the
use of proceeds to reduce outstanding debt is not material.
 
    In June 1996,  the Board of  Directors approved an  additional stock  option
plan (the "1996 Plan"). The 1996 Plan provides for the granting of up to 820,000
options  to eligible individuals to  purchase shares of Class  A Common Stock of
the Company.  Options under  the 1996  Plan may  be incentive  stock options  or
non-qualified options.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                                   [ARTWORK:
 
- --  Two exterior photos of a Video Update  store -- one with a day time backdrop
and one with a  night time backdrop,  each with store  signage and store  rental
promotion  posters. Interior  photos of  Video Update  store, with videocassette
displays and customers. All  photos with a backdrop  of videocassette movie  box
covers.]
<PAGE>
No  dealer,  salesman  or any  other  person  has been  authorized  to  give any
information or to make  any representation not contained  in this Prospectus  in
connection  with  the offering  herein contained,  and, if  given or  made, such
information or representation must not be relied upon as having been  authorized
by  the Company or an Underwriter. This  Prospectus does not constitute an offer
to sell, or a  solicitation of an  offer to buy, any  of the securities  offered
hereby  in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such an
offer or  solicitation  in  such  jurisdiction. Neither  the  delivery  of  this
Prospectus  nor any sale made hereunder shall under any circumstances create any
implication that there has been  no change in the  affairs of the Company  since
any  of the dates as of which information  is furnished herein or since the date
hereof.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
Prospectus Summary..........................................    3
Risk Factors................................................    6
Use of Proceeds.............................................   12
Price Range of Common Stock.................................   12
Dividend Policy.............................................   12
Capitalization..............................................   13
Selected Historical Financial Data..........................   14
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
 and Results of
 Operations.................................................   16
Business....................................................   23
Management..................................................   33
Principal and Selling Stockholders..........................   40
Certain Transactions........................................   42
Description of Securities...................................   43
Underwriting................................................   48
Legal Matters...............................................   49
Experts.....................................................   49
Additional Information......................................   49
Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference...........   50
Recent Developments.........................................   50
Financial Statements........................................  F-1
</TABLE>
 
                                5,500,000 SHARES
 
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
                                    CLASS A
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                              --------------------
 
                              P R O S P E C T U S
 
                              --------------------
 
                               PIPER JAFFRAY INC.
 
                             THE ROBINSON-HUMPHREY
                                 COMPANY, INC.
 
                                       , 1996
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 14.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    The  following  is  an  itemization  of  all  expenses  (subject  to  future
contingencies) (items marked with an asterisk (*) represent estimated  expenses)
incurred  or expected  to be  incurred by  the Company  in connection  with this
Registration Statement:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Registration Fee -- SEC.....................................  $19,629.31
Registration Fee -- NASD....................................    6,192.50
Printing Costs*.............................................  135,000.00
Legal Fees*.................................................  250,000.00
Accounting Fees*............................................  200,000.00
Miscellaneous*..............................................   39,178.19
                                                              ----------
    Total*..................................................  $650,000.00
                                                              ----------
                                                              ----------
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    Delaware General Corporation Law,  Section 102(b)(7), enables a  corporation
in  its original  certificate of incorporation  or an  amendment thereto validly
approved by stockholders to eliminate or limit personal liability of members  of
its  Board of Directors for  violations of a director's  fiduciary duty of care.
However, the elimination of  limitation shall not apply  where there has been  a
breach  of  the duty  of  loyalty, failure  to act  in  good faith,  engaging in
intentional misconduct  or  knowingly violating  a  law, paying  a  dividend  or
obtaining   an  improper   personal  benefit.   The  Company's   Certificate  of
Incorporation includes the following provision:
 
        "To the maximum  extent permitted  by Section 102(b)(7)  of the  General
    Corporation  Law of  Delaware, a director  of this corporation  shall not be
    personally liable  to  the  corporation or  its  stockholders  for  monetary
    damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i)
    for  any breach of the directors' duty  of loyalty to the corporation or its
    stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which  involve
    intentional  misconduct or a  knowing violation of  law, (iii) under Section
    174 of the  Delaware General Corporation  Law, or (iv)  for any  transaction
    from which the director derived an improper personal benefit."
 
    Delaware  General  Corporation  Law,  Section  145,  permits  a  corporation
organized under Delaware law to indemnify directors and officers with respect to
any matter in which the director or officer acted in good faith and in a  manner
he  reasonably believed to be not opposed  to the best interests of the Company,
and, with respect to any criminal action, he had reasonable cause to believe his
conduct was not unlawful. The Company's Bylaws include the following provision:
 
        "Reference is made to Section 145  and any other relevant provisions  of
    the  General Corporation Law of the  State of Delaware. Particular reference
    is made to the class of  persons, hereinafter called "Indemnitees," who  may
    be  indemnified by a Delaware corporation pursuant to the provisions of such
    Section 145, namely, any person  or the heirs, executors, or  administrators
    of such person, who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to
    any  threatened, pending or  completed action, suit,  or proceeding, whether
    civil, criminal, administrative,  or investigative,  by reason  of the  fact
    that  such person is or was a  director, officer, employee, or agent of such
    corporation or is or  was serving at  the request of  such corporation as  a
    director,  officer, employee, or agent  of another corporation, partnership,
    joint venture, trust,  or other  enterprise. The Corporation  shall, and  is
    hereby  obligated to, indemnify  the Indemnitees, and each  of them, in each
    and every  situation  where  the  Corporation  is  obligated  to  make  such
    indemnification   pursuant  to  the   aforesaid  statutory  provisions.  The
    Corporation shall indemnify the Indemnitees, and  each of them, in each  and
    every  situation,  where,  under  the  aforesaid  statutory  provisions, the
    Corporation is not obligated, but is nevertheless permitted or empowered, to
    make such  indemnification, it  being understood  that, before  making  such
    indemnification  with respect to any  situation covered under this sentence,
    (i) the Corporation shall promptly make
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
    or cause to be made, by any of the methods referred to in Subsection (d)  of
    such  Section 145,  a determination as  to whether each  Indemnitee acted in
    good faith and in a manner he  reasonably believed to be in, or not  opposed
    to,  the best interests of the Corporation, and, in the case of any criminal
    action or proceeding, had  no reasonable cause to  believe that his  conduct
    was  unlawful, and (ii) that no such indemnification shall be made unless it
    is determined that such Indemnitee  acted in good faith  and in a manner  he
    reasonably  believed to be in, or not  opposed to, the best interests of the
    Corporation, and, in the case of  any criminal action or proceeding, had  no
    reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful."
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS
 
    (a) The following exhibits are filed herewith:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
    NO.                                 TITLE
- -----------  ------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
       1     Form  of Purchase Agreement by  and between the Company, the
              Selling  Stockholders,   Piper   Jaffray   Inc.   and   The
              Robinson-Humphrey Company, Inc.
 
       5     Opinion  letter of O'Connor, Broude & Aronson as to legality
              of shares being registered.
 
      23a    Consent of O'Connor, Broude & Aronson (contained in  Opinion
              filed as Exhibit 5).
 
      23b    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
</TABLE>
 
    (b)  The following exhibit was filed as  part of the Company's Annual Report
on Form 10-KSB for  the fiscal year  ended April 30,  1996, and is  incorporated
herein by reference:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
    NO.                                 TITLE
- -----------  ------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
       3     Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
</TABLE>
 
    (c)  The following exhibit was filed as part of the Company's Current Report
on Form 8-K filed  with the Commission  on March 14,  1996, and is  incorporated
herein by reference:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
    NO.                                 TITLE
- -----------  ------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
       3     Bylaws, as amended.
</TABLE>
 
    (d)  The following exhibits  were filed as  part of the  Company's Form SB-2
Registration Statement (No.  33-89018) declared effective  by the Commission  on
April 7, 1995, and are incorporated herein by reference:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
    NO.                                 TITLE
- -----------  ------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
       4a    Form of Unit Purchase Option.
 
      10c    Form  of Amendment to Warrant  Agreement dated July 20, 1994
              between  the  Company,  American  Stock  Transfer  &  Trust
              Company and D.H. Blair Investment Banking Corp.
</TABLE>
 
    (e)  The following exhibits  were filed as  part of the  Company's Form SB-2
Registration Statement (No. 33-79292-C) declared effective by the Commission  on
July 20, 1994, and are incorporated herein by reference:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
    NO.                                 TITLE
- -----------  ------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
       4a    Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate.
       4b    Specimen Class B Common Stock Certificate.
       4c    Form  of Warrant  Agreement, including  Form of  Class A and
              Class B Warrant Certificates.
       4d    Form of  Unit  Purchase  Option  of  D.H.  Blair  Investment
              Banking Corp.
       4e    Form of Escrow Agreement between certain Stockholders of the
              Company,  the Company  and American Stock  Transfer & Trust
              Company.
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
    The Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
        (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being  made,
    a  post-effective amendment  to this  Registration Statement  to include any
    material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously
    disclosed in  the Registration  Statement  or any  material change  to  such
    information in the Registration Statement.
 
        (2)  That,  for  the  purpose of  determining  any  liability  under the
    Securities Act of 1933, each  such post-effective amendment shall be  deemed
    to  be  a  new registration  statement  relating to  the  securities offered
    therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to
    be the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.
 
        (3) To remove from registration  by means of a post-effective  amendment
    any   of  the  securities  being  registered  which  remain  unsold  at  the
    termination of the Offering.
 
        (4) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
    Act of  1933, each  filing of  the registrant's  annual report  pursuant  to
    Section  13(a) or 15(d) of  the Securities Exchange Act  of 1934 (and, where
    applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant
    to  Section  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934)  that   is
    incorporated  by reference in the registration  statement shall be deemed to
    be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered  therein,
    and  the offering of such securities at that  time shall be deemed to be the
    initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.
 
        (5) That insofar  as indemnification for  liabilities arising under  the
    Securities  Act  of  1933  may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and
    controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,
    or  otherwise, the Registrant  has been advised  that in the  opinion of the
    Securities and Exchange  Commission such indemnification  is against  public
    policy  as expressed  in the  Act and  is, therefore,  unenforceable. In the
    event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other  than
    the  payment by the Registrant  of expenses incurred or  paid by a director,
    officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of
    any action, suit  or proceeding) is  asserted by such  director, officer  or
    controlling  person in connection with  the securities being registered, the
    Registrant will, unless in  the opinion of its  counsel the matter has  been
    settled   by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to  a  court  of  appropriate
    jurisdiction the  question whether  such indemnification  by it  is  against
    public  policy as  expressed in the  Act and  will be governed  by the final
    adjudication of such issue.
 
        (6) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
    Act of 1933, the  information omitted from the  form of prospectus filed  as
    part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained
    in  a form of prospectus filed by  the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1)
    or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
    registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (7) That,  for  the  purpose  of determining  any  liability  under  the
    Securities  Act of 1933, each post-effective  amendment that contains a form
    of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
    the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at  that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Registration
Statement to  be  signed  on  its behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized, in the City of St. Paul, State of Minnesota, on July 11, 1996.
 
                                VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
                                By:             /s/ DANIEL A. POTTER
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                                  Daniel A. Potter
                                               CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                NAME                          CAPACITY                DATE
- ------------------------------------  -------------------------  --------------
 
<C>                                   <S>                        <C>
                                      Chairman of the Board,
        /s/ DANIEL A. POTTER           and Chief Executive
- ------------------------------------   Officer (principal        July 11, 1996
          Daniel A. Potter             executive officer)
 
         /s/ JOHN M. BEDARD
- ------------------------------------  President and Director     July 11, 1996
           John M. Bedard
 
        /s/ DANIEL C. HOWARD          Chief Operations Officer
- ------------------------------------   and Director              July 11, 1996
          Daniel C. Howard
 
                                      Chief Financial Officer
     /s/ CHRISTOPHER J. GONDECK        (principal
- ------------------------------------   financial and accounting  July 11, 1996
       Christopher J. Gondeck          officer)
 
        /s/ ROBERT E. YAGER           Vice President of Store
- ------------------------------------   Operations                July 11, 1996
          Robert E. Yager              and Director
 
       /s/ PAUL M. KELNBERGER
- ------------------------------------  Director                   July 11, 1996
         Paul M. Kelnberger
 
      /s/ JANA WEBSTER VAUGHN
- ------------------------------------  Director                   July 11, 1996
        Jana Webster Vaughn
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT                                                                  NUMBERED PAGE
  NO.                                 TITLE                                  NUMBER
- --------   ------------------------------------------------------------  --------------
<C>        <S>                                                           <C>
   1       Form of Purchase Agreement by and between the Company, the
            Selling Stockholders, Piper Jaffray Inc. and The
            Robinson-Humphrey Company, Inc.............................
 
   5       Opinion letter of O'Connor, Broude & Aronson as to legality
            of shares being registered.................................
 
  23a      Consent of O'Connor, Broude & Aronson (contained in Opinion
            filed as Exhibit 5)........................................
 
  23b      Consent of Ernst & Young LLP................................
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-5

<PAGE>

                               5,500,000 SHARES(1)


                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.

                              CLASS A COMMON STOCK

                               PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                                          ________, 1996
                                                 

PIPER JAFFRAY INC.
THE ROBINSON-HUMPHREY COMPANY, INC.
 As Representatives of the several
  Underwriters named in Schedule II hereto
c/o Piper Jaffray Inc.
Piper Jaffray Tower
222 South Ninth Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55402

Gentlemen:

     Video Update, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and the
stockholders of the Company listed on Schedule I hereto (the "Selling
Stockholders") severally propose to sell to the several Underwriters named in
Schedule II hereto (the "Underwriters") an aggregate of [5,500,000] shares (the
"Firm Shares") of Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Common
Stock"), of the Company.  The Firm Shares consist of [5,080,000] authorized but
unissued shares of Common Stock to be issued and sold by the Company and
[420,000] outstanding shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Selling
Stockholders.  The Company has also granted to the several Underwriters an
option to purchase up to [825,000] additional shares of Common Stock, on the
terms and for the purposes set forth in Section 3 hereof (the "Option Shares").
The Firm Shares and any Option Shares purchased pursuant to this Purchase
Agreement are herein collectively called the "Securities."

     The Company and the Selling Stockholders hereby confirm their agreement
with respect to the sale of the Securities to the several Underwriters, for whom
you are acting as Representatives (the "Representatives"):

- ----------------------
(1)  Plus an option to purchase up to [825,000] additional shares to cover
over-allotments.

<PAGE>

     1.   REGISTRATION STATEMENT.  A registration statement on Form S-3 (File
No. 333-     ) with respect to the Securities, including a preliminary form of
prospectus, has been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), and the rules and
regulations ("Rules and Regulations") of the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "Commission") thereunder and has been filed with the Commission; one or
more amendments to such registration statement have also been so prepared and
have been, or will be, so filed.  Copies of such registration statement and
amendments and each related preliminary prospectus have been delivered to you.

     If the Company has elected not to rely upon Rule 430A of the Rules and
Regulations, the Company has prepared and will promptly file an amendment to the
registration statement and an amended prospectus.  If the Company has elected to
rely upon Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations, it will prepare and file a
prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) that discloses the information previously
omitted from the prospectus in reliance  upon Rule 430A.  Such registration
statement as amended at the time it is or was declared effective by the
Commission, together with (a) any registration statement filed by the Company
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act and (b) the documents incorporated by
reference in the Prospectus contained in the Registration Statement at the time
such Registration Statement became effective, and, in the event of any amendment
thereto after the effective date and prior to the First Closing Date (as
hereinafter defined), such registration statement as so amended (but only from
and after the effectiveness of such amendment), including the information deemed
to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant
to Rule 430A(b), if applicable, is hereinafter called the "Registration
Statement."  The prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time
it is or was declared effective by the Commission is hereinafter called the
"Prospectus," except that if any prospectus filed by the Company with the
Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations or any other
prospectus provided to the Underwriters by the Company for use in connection
with the offering of the Securities (whether or not required to be filed by the
Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and
Regulations) differs from the prospectus on file at the time the Registration
Statement is or was declared effective by the Commission, the term "Prospectus"
shall refer to such differing prospectus from and after the time such prospectus
is filed with the Commission or transmitted to the Commission for filing
pursuant to such Rule 424(b) or from and after the time it is first provided to
the Underwriters by the Company for such use.  The term "Prospectus" may refer,
if applicable, to the term sheet or abbreviated term sheet filed by the Company
with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b)(7) together with the last
preliminary prospectus included in the Registration Statement filed prior to the
time it becomes effective or filed pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Act from
and after the time it is first provided to the Underwriters by the Company for
delivery to purchasers of the Securities.  The term "Preliminary Prospectus" as
used herein means any preliminary prospectus included in the Registration
Statement prior to the time it becomes or became effective under the Act and any
prospectus subject to completion as described in Rule 430A of the Rules and
Regulations.  Any reference herein to any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus
shall be deemed to refer to and include the documents

                                        2
<PAGE>

incorporated by reference therein pursuant to Item 12 of Form S-3 under the Act,
as of the date of the Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus, as the case may be;
any reference to any amendment or supplement to any Preliminary Prospectus or
Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include any documents filed after the
date of such Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus, as the case may be, under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and
incorporated by reference in such Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus, as the
case may be; and any reference to any amendment to the Registration Statement
shall be deemed to refer to and include any annual report of the Company filed
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15 (d) of the Exchange Act after the effective date
of the Registration Statement that is incorporated by reference in the
Registration Statement.

     2.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING
STOCKHOLDERS.

          (a)  The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the
several Underwriters as follows:

          (i)  No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary
     Prospectus has been issued by the Commission and each Preliminary
     Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, did not contain an untrue
     statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to
     be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light
     of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; except
     that the foregoing shall not apply to statements in or omissions from any
     Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written
     information furnished to the Company by you, or by any Underwriter through
     you, specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

          (ii)  The documents incorporated by reference in the Prospectus, when
     they became effective or were filed with the Commission, as the case may
     be, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act or
     the Exchange Act, as applicable, and the rules and regulations of the
     Commission thereunder, and none of such documents contained an untrue
     statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required
     to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
     misleading; and any further documents so filed and incorporated by
     reference in the Prospectus or any further amendment or supplement thereto,
     when such documents become effective or are filed with the Commission, as
     the case may be, will conform in all material respects to the requirements
     of the Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and the rules and
     regulations of the Commission thereunder and will not contain an untrue
     statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to
     be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
     misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall
     not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in
     conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an
     Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.


                                        3
<PAGE>

          (iii)  As of the time the Registration Statement (or any
     post-effective amendment thereto) is or was declared effective by the
     Commission, upon the filing or first delivery to the Underwriters of the
     Prospectus (or any supplement to the Prospectus) and at the First Closing
     Date and Second Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), (A) the Registration
     Statement and Prospectus (in each case, as so amended and/or supplemented)
     will conform or conformed in all material respects to the requirements of
     the Act and the Rules and Regulations, (B) the Registration Statement (as
     so amended) will not or did not include an untrue statement of a material
     fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
     necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and (C) the
     Prospectus (as so supplemented) will not or did not include an untrue
     statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to
     be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of
     the circumstances in which they are or were made, not misleading; except
     that the foregoing shall not apply to statements in or omissions from any
     such document in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information
     furnished to the Company by you, or by any Underwriter through you,
     specifically for use in the preparation thereof.  If the Registration
     Statement has been declared effective by the Commission, no stop order
     suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued,
     and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the Company's
     knowledge, threatened by the Commission.

          (iv)  The financial statements of the Company, together with the notes
     thereto, set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus comply in
     all material respects with the requirements of the Act and fairly present
     the financial condition of the Company as of the dates indicated and the
     results of operations and changes in cash flows for the periods therein
     specified in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
     consistently applied throughout the periods involved (except as otherwise
     stated therein); and the supporting schedules included in the Registration
     Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein.  No
     other financial statements or schedules are required to be included in the
     Registration Statement or Prospectus.  Ernst & Young, LLP, which has
     expressed its opinion with respect to the financial statements and
     schedules filed as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the
     Registration Statement and Prospectus, are independent public accountants
     as required by the Act and the Rules and Regulations.

          (v)  Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly organized
     and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of
     its jurisdiction of incorporation. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries
     has full corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct
     its business as currently being carried on and as described in the
     Registration Statement and Prospectus, and is duly qualified to do business
     as a foreign corporation in good standing in each jurisdiction in which it
     owns or leases real property or in which the conduct of its business makes

                                        4

<PAGE>

     such qualification necessary and in which the failure to so qualify would
     have a material adverse effect upon its business, condition (financial or
     otherwise) or properties, taken as a whole.

          (vi)  Except as contemplated in the Prospectus, subsequent to the
     respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration
     Statement and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its
     subsidiaries has incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct
     or contingent, or entered into any material transactions, or declared or
     paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its
     capital stock; and there has not been any change in the capital stock
     (other than a change in the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock
     due to the issuance of shares upon the exercise of outstanding options or
     warrants), or any material change in the short-term or long-term debt, or
     any issuance of options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights
     to purchase the capital stock, of the Company or any of its subsidiaries
     other than pursuant to stock option plans referred to in the Registration
     Statement, or any material adverse change, or any development involving a
     prospective material adverse change, in the general affairs, condition
     (financial or otherwise), business, key personnel, property, prospects, net
     worth or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken
     as a whole.

          (vii)  Except as set forth in the Prospectus, there is not pending or,
     to the knowledge of the Company, threatened or contemplated, any action,
     suit or proceeding to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a
     party before or by any court or governmental agency, authority or body, or
     any arbitrator, which might result in any material adverse change in the
     condition (financial or otherwise), business, prospects, net worth or
     results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a
     whole.

          (viii)  There are no contracts or documents of the Company or any of
     its subsidiaries that are required to be filed as exhibits to the
     Registration Statement by the Act or by the Rules and Regulations that have
     not been so filed.

          (ix)  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered
     by the Company, and constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of
     the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights to
     indemnity hereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws and
     except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
     reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally
     and subject to general principles of equity.  The execution, delivery and
     performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions
     herein contemplated will not result in a breach or violation of any of the
     terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, any
     agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is
     bound or to which any of its property is subject, the Company's charter or
     by-laws, or any order, rule, regulation or decree of any court or
     governmental agency or body having jurisdiction

                                        5
<PAGE>

     over the Company or any of its properties; no consent, approval,
     authorization or order of, or filing with, any court or governmental agency
     or body is required for the execution, delivery and performance of this
     Agreement or for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby,
     including the issuance or sale of the Securities by the Company, except
     such as may be required under the Act or state securities or blue sky laws;
     and the Company has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement
     and to authorize, issue and sell the Securities as contemplated by this
     Agreement.

          (x)  All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the
     Company, including the outstanding shares of Common Stock, are duly
     authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, have been
     issued in compliance with all federal and state securities laws, were not
     issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive rights or other rights
     to subscribe for or purchase securities, and the holders thereof are not
     subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the
     Securities which may be sold hereunder by the Company have been duly
     authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the
     terms hereof, will have been validly issued and will be fully paid and
     nonassessable, and the holders thereof will not be subject to personal
     liability by reason of being such holders; and the capital stock of the
     Company, including the Common Stock, conforms to the description thereof in
     the Registration Statement and Prospectus.  Except as otherwise stated in
     the Registration Statement and Prospectus, there are no preemptive rights
     or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any restriction upon
     the voting or transfer of, any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the
     Company's charter, by-laws or any agreement or other instrument to which
     the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound.  Neither the
     filing of the Registration Statement nor the offering or sale of the
     Securities as contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any rights for
     or relating to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or other
     securities of the Company, except for such rights as have been waived.  All
     of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each of the
     Company's subsidiaries have been duly and validly authorized and issued and
     are fully paid and nonassessable, and, except as otherwise described in the
     Registration Statement and Prospectus and except for any directors'
     qualifying shares, the Company owns of record and beneficially, free and
     clear of any security interests, claims, liens, proxies, equities or other
     encumbrances, all of the issued and outstanding shares of such stock.
     Except as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there
     are no options, warrants, agreements, contracts or other rights in
     existence to purchase or acquire from the Company or any subsidiary of the
     Company any shares of the capital stock of the Company or any subsidiary of
     the Company.  The Company has an authorized and outstanding capitalization
     as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

          (xi)  The Company and each of its subsidiaries holds, and is operating
     in compliance in all material respects with, all franchises, grants,
     authorizations,

                                        6
<PAGE>

     licenses, permits, easements, consents, certificates and orders of any 
     governmental or self-regulatory body required for the conduct of its 
     business and all such franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, 
     permits, easements, consents, certifications and orders are valid and in
     full force and effect; and the Company and each of its subsidiaries
     is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal,
     state, local and foreign laws, regulations, orders and decrees.

          (xii)  The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title
     to all property described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus as
     being owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, claims,
     security interests or other encumbrances except such as are described in
     the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and such as do not materially
     interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such property by the
     Company or its subsidiaries; the property held under lease by the Company
     and its subsidiaries is held by them under valid, subsisting and
     enforceable leases with only such exceptions with respect to any particular
     lease as do not interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the
     business of the Company or its subsidiaries; the Company and each of its
     subsidiaries owns or possesses all patents, patent applications,
     trademarks, service marks, tradenames, trademark registrations, service
     mark registrations, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets and
     rights necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company and its
     subsidiaries as currently carried on and as described in the Registration
     Statement and Prospectus; except as stated in the Registration Statement
     and Prospectus, no name which the Company or any of its subsidiaries uses
     and no other aspect of the business of the Company or any of its
     subsidiaries will involve or give rise to any infringement of, or license
     or similar fees for, any patents, patent applications, trademarks, service
     marks, tradenames, trademark registrations, service mark registrations,
     copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets or other similar rights of
     others material to the business or prospects of the Company and neither the
     Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice alleging any
     such infringement or fee.

          (xiii)  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in
     violation of its respective charter or by-laws or in breach of or otherwise
     in default in the performance of any material obligation, agreement or
     condition contained in any bond, debenture, note, indenture, loan agreement
     or any other material contract, lease or other instrument to which it is
     subject or by which any of them may be bound, or to which any of the
     material property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is
     subject, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the
     Prospectus.

          (xiv)  The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state,
     local and foreign income and franchise tax returns required to be filed and
     are not in default in the payment of any taxes which were payable pursuant
     to said returns or any


                                        7
<PAGE>

     assessments with respect thereto, other than any which the Company or any
     of its subsidiaries is contesting in good faith.

          (xv)  The Company has not distributed and will not distribute any
     prospectus or other offering material in connection with the offering and
     sale of the Securities other than any Preliminary Prospectus or the
     Prospectus or other materials permitted by the Act to be distributed by the
     Company.

          (xvi)  The Securities have been approved for designation upon notice
     of issuance on the Nasdaq National Market Tier of the Nasdaq Stock Market
     under the symbol "VUPDA".

          (xvii)  Other than the subsidiaries of the Company listed in
     Exhibit 2(a) hereto, the Company owns no capital stock or other equity or
     ownership or proprietary interest in any corporation, partnership, 
     association, trust or other entity.

          (xviii)  The Company maintains a system of internal accounting
     controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions
     are executed in accordance with management's general or specific
     authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
     preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
     accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets;
     (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's
     general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for
     assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and
     appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

          (xix)  Other than as contemplated by this Agreement, the Company has
     not incurred any liability for any finder's or broker's fee or agent's
     commission in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement
     or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

          (xx)  The conditions for use of Form S-3, as set forth in the General
     Instructions thereto, have been satisfied.

          (xxi)  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries or affiliates
     is presently doing business with the government of Cuba or with any person
     or affiliate located in Cuba.

          (b)  Each Selling Stockholder represents and warrants to, and agrees
     with, the several Underwriters as follows:

               (i)  Such Selling Stockholder is the record and beneficial owner
          of, and is, and on the First Closing Date will be the sole record
          owner of the

                                        8
<PAGE>


          Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder, free of any adverse
          claim, any lien in favor of the Company and any restrictions on
          transfer imposed by the Company (other than pursuant to federal and
          state securities laws); and upon delivery of and payment for such
          Securities hereunder, the several Underwriters will acquire all rights
          of such Selling Stockholder in such Securities, free of any adverse
          claim, any lien in favor of the Company and any restrictions on
          transfer imposed by the Company.  Such Selling Stockholder is selling
          the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder for such Selling
          Stockholder's own account and is not selling such Securities, directly
          or indirectly, for the benefit of the Company, and no part of the
          proceeds of such sale received by such Selling Stockholder will inure,
          either directly or indirectly, to the benefit of the Company other
          than as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus.

               (ii) Such Selling Stockholder has duly authorized, executed and
          delivered a Letter of Transmittal and Custody Agreement ("Custody
          Agreement"), which Custody Agreement is a valid and binding obligation
          of such Selling Stockholder, to O'Connor, Broude & Aronson, as
          Custodian (the "Custodian"); pursuant to the Custody Agreement the
          Selling Stockholder has placed in custody with the Custodian, for
          delivery under this Agreement, the certificates representing the
          Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder; such certificates
          represent validly issued, outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable
          shares of Common Stock; and such certificates were duly and properly
          endorsed in blank for transfer, or were accompanied by all documents
          duly and properly executed that are necessary to validate the transfer
          to you of all rights of the Selling Stockholder in such Securities,
          free of any adverse claim, any lien in favor of the Company and any
          restrictions on transfer imposed by the Company.

               (iii)     Such Selling Stockholder has the power and
          authority to enter into this Agreement and to sell, transfer and
          deliver the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder; and
          such Selling Stockholder has duly authorized, executed and delivered
          to Lawrence H. Gennari and Paul D. Broude, as attorneys-in-fact (the
          "Attorneys-in-fact"), an irrevocable power of attorney (a "Power of
          Attorney") authorizing and directing the Attorneys-in-Fact, or either
          of them, to effect the sale and delivery of Securities to be sold by
          such Selling Stockholder, to enter into this Agreement and to take all
          such acts as may be necessary hereunder.

               (iv)      This Agreement, the Custody Agreement and the Power of
          Attorney have each been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of
          such Selling Stockholder and each constitutes a valid and binding
          agreement of such Selling Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with
          its terms, except as rights to indemnity hereunder or thereunder may
          be limited by federal or


                                        9
<PAGE>

          state securities laws and except as such enforceability may be limited
          by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or laws affecting the rights
          of creditors generally and subject to general principles of equity.
          The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Custody Agreement
          and the Power of Attorney and the performance of the terms hereof and
          thereof and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein
          contemplated will not result in a breach or violation of any of the
          terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any agreement
          or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which
          such Selling Stockholder is bound, or any law, regulation, order or
          decree applicable to such Selling Stockholder; no consent, approval,
          authorization or order of, or filing with, any court or governmental
          agency or body is required for the execution, delivery and performance
          of this Agreement, the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney or
          for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and
          thereby, including the sale of the Securities being sold by such
          Selling Stockholder, except such as may be required under the Act or
          state securities laws or blue sky laws.

               (v)  Such Selling Stockholder has not distributed and will not
          distribute any prospectus or other offering material in connection
          with the offering and sale of the Securities other than any
          Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or other materials permitted
          by the Act to be distributed by such Selling Stockholder.

               (vi) Such Selling Stockholder has reviewed the Registration
          Statement and the Prospectus and to the best knowledge of such Selling
          Stockholder neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus
          contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any
          material fact required to be stated herein or necessary to make the
          statements therein not misleading regarding such Selling Stockholder,
          the other Selling Stockholders, the Company or otherwise.

               (vii)     To the best knowledge of such Selling Stockholder, the
               representations and warranties of the Company contained in
               paragraph (a) of this Section 2 are true and correct.

          (c)  Any certificate signed by an officer of the Company and delivered
     to you or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation
     and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered
     thereby; any certificate signed by or on behalf of any Selling Stockholder
     as such and delivered to you or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be
     deemed a representation and warranty by such Selling Stockholder to each
     Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

                                       10
<PAGE>


     3.   PURCHASE, SALE AND DELIVERY OF SECURITIES.

          (a)  On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements
herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the
Company agrees to issue and sell [5,080,000] Firm Shares, and each Selling
Stockholder agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell the number of Firm Shares
set forth opposite the name of such Selling Stockholder in Schedule I hereto, to
the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not
jointly, to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholders the number of
Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I
hereto.  The purchase price for each Firm Share shall be [______] per share.
The obligations of each Underwriter to the Company and the Selling Stockholders
shall be to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholders that number
of Firm Shares (to be adjusted by the Representatives to avoid fractional
shares) which represents the same proportion of the number of Firm Shares to be
sold by each of the Company and the Selling Stockholders pursuant to this
Agreement as the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such
Underwriter in Schedule II hereto represents to the total number of Firm Shares
to be purchased by all Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement.  In making this
Agreement, each Underwriter is contracting severally and not jointly; except as
provided in paragraph (c) of this Section 3 and in Section 8 hereof, the
agreement of each Underwriter is to purchase only the respective number of Firm
Shares specified in Schedule II.

          The Firm Shares will be delivered by the Company and the Custodian to
you for the accounts of the several Underwriters against payment of the purchase
price therefor by certified or official bank check or other next day funds
payable to the order of the Company or the Custodian, as appropriate, at the
offices of Piper Jaffray Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower, 222 South Ninth Street,
Minneapolis, Minnesota, or such other location as may be mutually acceptable, at
9:00 a.m., Minneapolis time, on the fourth full business day following the date
hereof, or at such other time as you and the Company determine, such time and
date of delivery being herein referred to as the "First Closing Date."  The Firm
Shares, in definitive form and in such denominations and registered in such
names as you may request upon at least two business days' prior notice to the
Company and the Custodian, will be made available for checking and packaging at
the offices of Piper Jaffray Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower, 222 South Ninth Street,
Minneapolis, Minnesota, or such other location as may be mutually acceptable, at
least one business day prior to the First Closing Date.

          (b)  On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements
herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the
Company hereby grants to the several Underwriters an option to purchase all or
any portion of the Option Shares at the same purchase price as the Firm Shares,
for use solely in covering any over-allotments made by the Underwriters in the
sale and distribution of the Firm Shares.  The option granted hereunder may be
exercised at any time (but not more than once) within 30 days after the
effective date of this Agreement upon notice (confirmed in writing) by the
Representatives to the Company and to the Attorneys-in-Fact setting forth the
aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the several Underwriters are
exercising the option, the


                                       11
<PAGE>

names and denominations in which the certificates for the Option Shares are to
be registered and the date and time, as determined by you, when the Option
Shares are to be delivered, such time and date being herein referred to as the
"Second Closing" and "Second Closing Date", respectively; provided, however,
that the Second Closing Date shall not be earlier than the First Closing Date
nor earlier than the second business day after the date on which the option
shall have been exercised.  The number of Option Shares to be purchased by each
Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the total number of Option Shares to
be purchased by the several Underwriters as the number of Firm Shares to be
purchased by such Underwriter is of the total number of Firm Shares to be
purchased by the several Underwriters, as adjusted by the Representatives in
such manner as the Representatives deem advisable to avoid fractional shares.
No Option Shares shall be sold and delivered unless the Firm Shares previously
have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered.

          The Option Shares will be delivered by the Company as appropriate to
you for the accounts of the several Underwriters against payment of the purchase
price therefor by certified or official bank check or other next day funds
payable to the order of the Company, as appropriate, at the offices of Piper
Jaffray Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower, 222 South Ninth Street, Minneapolis,
Minnesota, or such other location as may be mutually acceptable at 9:00 a.m.,
Minneapolis time, on the Second Closing Date.  The Option Shares in definitive
form and in such denominations and registered in such names as you have set
forth in your notice of option exercise, will be made available for checking and
packaging at the office of Piper Jaffray Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower, 222 South
Ninth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota, or such other location as may be mutually
acceptable, at least one business day prior to the Second Closing Date.

          (c)  It is understood that you, individually and not as
Representatives of the several Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to)
make payment to the Company or the Selling Stockholders, on behalf of any
Underwriter for the Securities to be purchased by such Underwriter.  Any such
payment by you shall not relieve any such Underwriter of any of its obligations
hereunder.  Nothing herein contained shall constitute any of the Underwriters an
unincorporated association or partner with the Company or any Selling
Stockholders.

          4.   COVENANTS.

          (a)  The Company covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters as
follows:

          (i)  If the Registration Statement has not already been declared
     effective by the Commission, the Company will use its best efforts to cause
     the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto to
     become effective as promptly as possible; the Company will notify you
     promptly of the time when the Registration Statement or any post-effective
     amendment to the Registration

                                       12
<PAGE>

     Statement has become effective or any supplement to the Prospectus has been
     filed and of any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement
     to the Registration Statement or Prospectus or additional information; if
     the Company has elected to rely on Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations,
     the Company will file a Prospectus containing the information omitted
     therefrom pursuant to such Rule 430A with the Commission within the time
     period required by, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of,
     Rules 424(b) and 430A of the Rules and Regulations; the Company will
     prepare and file with the Commission, promptly upon your request, any
     amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or Prospectus that,
     in your opinion, may be necessary or advisable in connection with the
     distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters; and the Company will
     not file any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or
     Prospectus to which you shall reasonably object by notice to the Company
     after having been furnished a copy a reasonable time prior to the filing.
     The Company will file promptly all reports and any definitive proxy or
     information statements required to be filed by the Company with the
     Commission pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange
     Act subsequent to the date of the Prospectus and for so long as the
     delivery of a prospectus is required in connection with the offering or
     sale of the Securities.

          (ii)  The Company will advise you, promptly after it shall receive
     notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of
     any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement,
     of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or
     sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any
     proceeding for any such purpose; and the Company will promptly use its best
     efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its
     withdrawal if such a stop order should be issued.

          (iii)  Within the time during which a prospectus relating to the
     Securities is required to be delivered under the Act, the Company will
     comply as far as it is able with all requirements imposed upon it by the
     Act, as now and hereafter amended, and by the Rules and Regulations, as
     from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance
     of sales of or dealings in the Securities as contemplated by the provisions
     hereof and the Prospectus.  If during such period any event occurs as a
     result of which the Prospectus would include an untrue statement of a
     material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
     statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then existing, not
     misleading, or if during such period it is necessary to amend the
     Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Act,
     the Company will promptly notify you and will amend the Registration
     Statement or supplement the Prospectus (at the expense of the Company) so
     as to correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance.

          (iv)  The Company will use its best efforts to qualify the Securities
     for sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you reasonably
     designate and to continue such qualifications in effect so long as required
     for the distribution of the

                                       13
<PAGE>

     Securities, except that the Company shall not be required in connection
     therewith to qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a general
     consent to service of process in any state.

          (v)  The Company will furnish to the Underwriters copies of the
     Registration Statement (three of which will be signed and will include all
     exhibits), each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, and all amendments
     and supplements to such documents, in each case as soon as available and in
     such quantities as you may from time to time reasonably request.

          (vi)  During a period of five years commencing with the date hereof,
     the Company will furnish to the Representatives, and to each Underwriter
     who may so request in writing, copies of all periodic and special reports
     furnished to the stockholders of the Company and all information, documents
     and reports filed with the Commission, the National Association of
     Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"), Nasdaq or any securities exchange.

          (vii)  The Company will make generally available to its security
     holders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than 15 months
     after the end of the Company's current fiscal quarter, an earnings
     statement (which need not be audited) covering a 12-month period beginning
     after the effective date of the Registration Statement that shall satisfy
     the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 of the Rules and
     Regulations.

          (viii)  The Company, whether or not the transactions contemplated
     hereunder are consummated or this Agreement is prevented from becoming
     effective under the provisions of Section 9(a) hereof or is terminated,
     will pay or cause to be paid  (A) all expenses (including transfer taxes
     allocated to the respective transferees) incurred in connection with the
     delivery to the Underwriters of the Securities, (B) all expenses and fees
     (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of the Company's
     accountants and counsel but, except as otherwise provided below, not
     including fees of the Underwriters' counsel) in connection with the
     preparation, printing, filing, delivery, and shipping of the Registration
     Statement (including the financial statements therein and all amendments,
     schedules, and exhibits thereto), the Securities, each Preliminary
     Prospectus, the Prospectus, and any amendment thereof or supplement
     thereto, and the printing, delivery, and shipping of this Agreement and
     other underwriting documents, including Blue Sky Memoranda, (C) all filing
     fees and fees and disbursements of the Underwriters' counsel incurred in
     connection with the qualification of the Securities for offering and sale
     by the Underwriters or by dealers under the securities or blue sky laws of
     the states and other jurisdictions which you shall designate in accordance
     with Section 4(d) hereof, (D) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent
     or registrar, (E) the filing fees incident to any required review by the
     NASD of the terms of the sale of the Securities, (F) listing fees, if any,
     and (G) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its
     obligations hereunder

                                       14
<PAGE>

     that are not otherwise specifically provided for herein.  If the sale of
     the Securities provided for herein is not consummated by reason of action
     by the Company pursuant to Section 9(a) hereof which prevents this
     Agreement from becoming effective, or by reason of any failure, refusal or
     inability on the part of the Company or the Selling Stockholders to perform
     any agreement on its or their part to be performed, or because any other
     condition of the Underwriters' obligations hereunder required to be
     fulfilled by the Company or the Selling Stockholders is not fulfilled, the
     Company will reimburse the several Underwriters for all out-of-pocket
     disbursements (including fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by the
     Underwriters in connection with their investigation, preparing to market
     and marketing the Securities or in contemplation of performing their
     obligations hereunder up to a maximum of $100,000.  The Company shall not
     in any event be liable to any of the Underwriters for loss of anticipated
     profits from the transactions covered by this Agreement.

          (ix)  The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the
     Securities to be sold by it hereunder for the purposes set forth in the
     Prospectus.

          (x)  The Company will not, without your prior written consent, offer
     for sale, sell, contract to sell, grant any option for the sale of or
     otherwise issue or dispose of any Common Stock or any securities
     convertible into or exchangeable for, or any options or rights to purchase
     or acquire, Common Stock, except to the Underwriters pursuant to this
     Agreement and pursuant to employee stock option plans and options
     outstanding on the date of this Agreement, for a period of 180 days after
     the commencement of the public offering of the Securities by the
     Underwriters (the "Lockup Period); provided that the Company may issue
     shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of presently outstanding Class B
     Warrants and may issue shares of Common Stock in connection with
     acquisitions provided that such Common Stock is restricted and not
     tradeable prior to the expiration of the Lockup Period.

          (xi)  The Company either has caused to be delivered to you or will
     cause to be delivered to you prior to the effective date of the
     Registration Statement a letter from each of the Company's directors,
     officers, the Selling Stockholders and all holders of the Company's Class B
     Common Stock, $.01 par value per share ("Class B Common Stock"), stating
     that such person agrees that he, she or it will not, without your prior
     written consent, offer for sale, sell, contract to sell or otherwise
     dispose of any shares of Common Stock or Class B Common Stock or rights to
     purchase Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, except to the Underwriters
     pursuant to this Agreement, for a period of 180 days after commencement of
     the public offering of the Securities by the Underwriters.

          (xii)  The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or
     indirectly, any action designed to or which might reasonably be expected to
     cause or result in, or which has constituted, the stabilization or
     manipulation of the price of any security


                                       15
<PAGE>

     of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and has
     not effected any sales of Common Stock which are required to be disclosed
     in response to Item 701 of Regulation S-K under the Act which have not been
     so disclosed in the Registration Statement.

          (xiii)  The Company will not incur any liability for any finder's or
     broker's fee or agent's commission in connection with the execution and
     delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions
     contemplated hereby.

          (xiv)  The Company will inform the Florida Department of Banking and
     Finance at any time prior to the consummation of the distribution of the
     Securities by the Underwriters if it commences engaging in business with
     the government of Cuba or with any person or affiliate located in Cuba.
     Such information will be provided within 90 days after the commencement
     thereof or after the change occurs with respect to previously reported
     information.

          (xv)  The Company will use its best efforts to maintain the
     designation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market Tier of the
     Nasdaq Stock Market.

          (b)  Each Selling Stockholder covenants and agrees with the several
Underwriters as follows:

          (i)  Except as otherwise agreed to by the Company and the Selling
     Stockholder, such Selling Stockholder will pay all taxes, if any, on the
     transfer and sale, respectively, of the Securities being sold by such
     Selling Stockholder, the fees of such Selling Stockholder's counsel and
     such Selling Stockholder's proportionate share (based upon the number of
     Securities being offered by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to the
     Registration Statement) of all costs and expenses (except for legal and
     accounting expenses and fees of the registrar and transfer agent) incurred
     by the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 4(a)(viii) of this
     Agreement; provided, however, that each Selling Stockholder severally
     agrees to reimburse the Company for any reimbursement made by the Company
     to the Underwriters pursuant to Section 4(a)(viii) hereof to the extent
     such reimbursement resulted from the failure or refusal on the part of such
     Selling Stockholder to comply under the terms or fulfill any of the
     conditions of this Agreement.

          (ii) If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters because
     of any failure, refusal or inability on the part of such Selling
     Stockholder to perform any agreement on such Selling Stockholder's part to
     be performed, or because any other condition of the Underwriters'
     obligations hereunder required to be fulfilled by such Selling Stockholder
     is not fulfilled, such Selling Stockholder agrees to reimburse the several
     Underwriters for all out-of-pocket disbursements (including fees and
     disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters) incurred by the Underwriters
     in connection with their investigation, preparing to market and marketing
     the Securities

                                       16

<PAGE>


     or in contemplation of performing their obligations hereunder.  The Selling
     Stockholder shall not in any event be liable to any of the Underwriters for
     loss of anticipated profits from the transactions covered by this
     Agreement.

          (iii)     The Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder,
     represented by the Certificates on deposit with the Custodian pursuant to
     the Custody Agreement of such Selling Stockholder, are subject to the
     interest of the several Underwriters and the other Selling Stockholder; the
     arrangements made for such custody are, except as specifically provided in
     the Custody Agreement, irrevocable; and the obligations of such Selling
     Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated, except as provided in this
     Agreement or in the Custody Agreement, by any act of such Selling
     Stockholder, by operation of law, whether by the liquidation, dissolution
     or merger of such Selling Stockholder, by the death of such Selling
     Stockholder, or by the occurrence of any other event.

          (iv) Such Selling Stockholder will not, without the prior written
     consent of Piper Jaffray Inc., offer for sale, sell, contract to sell,
     grant any option for the sale of or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock
     or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or any options or
     rights to purchase or acquire, Common Stock, except to the Underwriters
     pursuant to this Agreement, for a period of 180 days after the commencement
     of the public offering of the Securities by the Underwriters.

          (v)  Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take,
     directly or indirectly, any action designed to or which might reasonably be
     expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price
     of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the
     Securities.

          (vi) Such Selling Stockholder shall immediately notify you if any
     event occurs, or of any change in information relating to such Selling
     Stockholder or the Company or any new information relating to the Company
     or relating to any matter stated in the Prospectus or any supplement
     thereto, which results in the Prospectus (as supplemented) including an
     untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state any material fact
     necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances
     under which they were made, not misleading.

          (vii)     Such Selling Stockholder will apply the net proceeds from
          the sale of the Securities to be sold by him to the repayment of the
          notes from such Selling Stockholder to the Company as described in the
          Prospectus.

     5.   CONDITIONS OF UNDERWRITERS' OBLIGATIONS.  The obligations of the
several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy, as of the date
hereof and at each of the First Closing Date and the Second Closing Date (as if
made at such Closing Date), of and compliance with all representations,
warranties and agreements of the Company and the

                                       17
<PAGE>

Selling Stockholders contained herein, to the performance by the Company and the
Selling Stockholders of their obligations hereunder and to the following
additional conditions:

          (a)  The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later
than 5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time, on the date of this Agreement, or such later
time and date as you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, shall
approve and all filings required by Rule 424 and Rule 430A of the Rules and
Regulations shall have been timely made; no stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof shall have
been issued; no proceedings for the issuance of such an order shall have been
initiated or threatened; and any request of the Commission for additional
information (to be included in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or
otherwise) shall have been complied with to your satisfaction.

          (b)  No Underwriter shall have advised the Company that the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement
thereto, contains an untrue statement of fact which, in your opinion, is
material, or omits to state a fact which, in your opinion, is material and is
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading.

          (c)  Except as contemplated in the Prospectus, subsequent to the
respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement
and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have
incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or
entered into any material transactions, or declared or paid any dividends or
made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock; and there
shall not have been any change in the capital stock (other than a change in the
number of outstanding shares of Common Stock due to the issuance of shares upon
the exercise of outstanding options or warrants), or any material change in the
short-term or long-term debt of the Company, or any issuance of options,
warrants, convertible securities or other rights to purchase the capital stock
of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any material adverse change or any
development involving a prospective material adverse change (whether or not
arising in the ordinary course of business), in the general affairs, condition
(financial or otherwise), business, key personnel, property, prospects, net
worth or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, that, in your judgment, makes it impractical or inadvisable to offer or
deliver the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the
Prospectus.

          (d)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you, as
Representatives of the several Underwriters, the opinion of O'Connor, Broude &
Aronson, counsel for the Company, dated such Closing Date and addressed to you,
to the effect that:

          (i)  Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly organized
     and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of
     its jurisdiction of incorporation.  Each of the Company and its
     subsidiaries has full corporate power and authority to own its properties
     and conduct its business as currently being carried

                                       18
<PAGE>

     on and as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and is
     duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good
     standing in each jurisdiction in which it owns or leases real property or
     in which the conduct of its business makes such qualification necessary and
     in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect
     upon the business, condition (financial or otherwise) or properties of the
     Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          (ii)  The capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal matters to
     the description thereof contained in the Prospectus under the caption
     "Description of Securities."  All of the issued and outstanding shares of
     the capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly
     issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and the holders thereof are
     not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders.  The
     Securities to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly
     authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the
     terms of this Agreement, will have been validly issued and will be fully
     paid and nonassessable, and the holders thereof will not be subject to
     personal liability by reason of being such holders.  Except as otherwise
     stated in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, there are no
     preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any
     restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any shares of Common Stock
     pursuant to the Company's charter, by-laws or any agreement or other
     instrument known to such counsel to which the Company is a party or by
     which the Company is bound.  To the best of such counsel's knowledge,
     neither the filing of the Registration Statement nor the offering or sale
     of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any
     rights for or relating to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or
     other securities of the Company, except for such rights as have been
     complied with or waived.

          (iii)  All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of
     each of the Company's subsidiaries have been duly and validly authorized
     and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and, to the best of such
     counsel's knowledge, except as otherwise described in the Registration
     Statement and Prospectus and the Company owns of record and beneficially,
     free and clear of any adverse claim, all of the issued and outstanding
     shares of such stock.  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, except as
     described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, there are no
     options, warrants, agreements, contracts or other rights in existence to
     purchase or acquire from the Company or any subsidiary any shares of the
     capital stock of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

          (iv)  The Registration Statement has become effective under the Act
     and, to the best of such counsel's knowledge, no stop order suspending the
     effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no
     proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or, to the knowledge of
     such counsel, threatened by the Commission.

                                       19
<PAGE>


          (v)  The descriptions in the Registration Statement and Prospectus of
     statutes, legal and governmental proceedings, contracts and other documents
     are accurate and fairly present the information required to be shown; and
     such counsel does not know of any statutes or legal or governmental
     proceedings required to be described in the Prospectus that are not
     described as required, or of any contracts or documents of a character
     required to be described in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or
     included as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described
     or included as required.

          (vi)  The Company has full corporate power and authority to enter into
     this Agreement, and this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
     delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid, legal and binding
     obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms (except
     as rights to indemnity hereunder may be limited by federal or state
     securities laws and except as such enforceability may be limited by
     bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights
     of creditors generally and subject to general principles of equity); the
     execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation
     of the transactions herein contemplated will not result in a breach or
     violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default
     under, any statute, rule or regulation, any agreement or instrument known
     to such counsel to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound or
     to which any of its property is subject, the Company's charter or by-laws,
     or any order or decree known to such counsel of any court or governmental
     agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its
     respective properties; and no consent, approval, authorization or order of,
     or filing with, any court or governmental agency or body is required for
     the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or for the
     consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including the
     issuance or sale of the Securities by the Company, except such as may be
     required under the Act, state securities laws or the rules of the NASD.

          (vii)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, the Company and each
     of its subsidiaries holds, and is operating in compliance in all material
     respects with, all material franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses,
     permits, easements, consents, certificates and orders of any governmental
     or self-regulatory body required for the conduct of its business and all
     such franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements,
     consents, certifications and orders are valid and in full force and effect.

          (viii)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, neither the Company
     nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its respective charter or
     by-laws.  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, neither the Company nor
     any of its subsidiaries is in breach of or otherwise in default in the
     performance of any material obligation, agreement or condition contained in
     any bond, debenture, note, indenture, loan agreement or any other material
     contract, lease or other instrument to which it is

                                       20
<PAGE>

     subject or by which any of them may be bound, or to which any of the
     material property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is
     subject.

          (ix)  The Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and any amendment
     thereof or supplement thereto, comply as to form in all material respects
     with the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations; and on the
     basis of conferences with officers of the Company, examination of documents
     referred to in the Registration Statement and Prospectus and such other
     procedures as such counsel deemed appropriate, nothing has come to the
     attention of such counsel that causes such counsel to believe that the
     Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, at the time the
     Registration Statement became effective and as of such Closing Date,
     contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any
     material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
     statements therein not misleading or that the Prospectus (as of its date
     and as of such Closing Date), as amended or supplemented, includes any
     untrue statement of material fact or omits to state a material fact
     necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances
     under which they were made, not misleading; it being understood that such
     counsel need express no opinion as to the financial statements, the notes
     thereto or other financial or statistical data included in any of the
     documents mentioned in this clause.

          (x)  The documents incorporated by reference in the Prospectus or any
     further amendment or supplement thereto made by the Company prior to the
     First Closing Date or the Second Closing Date, as the case may be, (other
     than the financial statements and related notes and schedules therein, as
     to which such counsel need express no opinion), when they became effective
     or were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, complied as to form
     in all material respects with the requirements of the Act or the Exchange
     Act, as applicable, and the rules and regulations of the Commission
     thereunder; such counsel has no reason to believe that any of such
     documents, when such documents became effective or were so filed, as the
     case may be, contained, in the case of a registration statement which
     became effective under the Act, an untrue statement of a material fact, or
     omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
     to make the statements therein not misleading or, in the case of other
     documents which were filed under the Exchange Act with the Commission, an
     untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact
     necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the
     circumstances under which they were made when such documents were so filed,
     not misleading.

          (xi)  Such other matters as you may reasonably request.

          In rendering such opinion such counsel may rely (i) as to matters of
law other than Massachusetts and federal law, upon the opinion or opinions of
local counsel provided that the extent of such reliance is specified in such
opinion and that such counsel shall state

                                       21
<PAGE>

that such opinion or opinions of local counsel are satisfactory to them and that
they believe they and you are justified in relying thereon and (ii) as to
matters of fact, to the extent such counsel deems reasonable upon certificates
of officers of the Company and its subsidiaries provided that the extent of such
reliance is specified in such opinion.

          (e)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you the
opinion of O'Connor, Broude & Aronson, counsel for the Selling Stockholders,
dated such Closing Date and addressed to you, to the effect that:

          (i)  Each of the Selling Stockholders is the sole record and
     beneficial owner of the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder.
     Upon delivery of such Securities hereunder and payment of the purchase
     price therefor as herein contemplated, and assuming that you purchased such
     Securities in good faith and without notice of any adverse claim, you will
     acquire all rights of such Selling Shareholder in such Securities free of
     any adverse claim, any lien in favor of the Company and any restriction on
     transfer imposed by the Company.

          (ii) Each of the Selling Stockholders has the power and authority to
     enter into the Custody Agreement and this Agreement and to perform and
     discharge such Selling Stockholder's obligations thereunder and hereunder;
     and this Agreement, the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney have
     been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Selling
     Stockholders and are valid and binding agreements of the Selling
     Stockholders, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms (except
     as rights to indemnity hereunder or thereunder may be limited by federal or
     state securities laws and except as such enforceability may be limited by
     bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors'
     rights generally and subject to general principles of equity).

          (iii)     The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Custody
     Agreement and the performance of the terms hereof and thereof and the
     consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not
     result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or
     constitute a default under, any statute, rule or regulation, or any
     agreement or instrument known to such counsel to which such Selling
     Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to
     which any of his property is subject or any order or decree known to such
     counsel of any court or government agency or body having jurisdiction over
     such Selling Stockholder or any of its respective properties; and no
     consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing with, any court or
     governmental agency or body is required for the execution, delivery and
     performance of this Agreement, the Custody Agreement and the Power of
     Attorney or for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
     and thereby, including the sale of the Securities being sold by such
     Selling Stockholder, except such as may be required under the Act or state
     securities laws or blue sky laws.

                                       22
<PAGE>

     In rendering such opinion such counsel may rely (i) as to matters of law
other than Massachusetts and federal law, upon the opinion or opinions of local
counsel provided that the extent of such reliance is specified in such opinion
and that such counsel shall state that such opinion or opinions of local counsel
are satisfactory to them and that they believe they and you are justified in
relying thereon and (ii) as to matters of fact, to the extent such counsel deems
reasonable upon certificates of the Selling Stockholders provided that the
extent of such reliance is specified in such opinion.

          (f)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you the
opinion of Richard L. Muske, franchise counsel to the Company, dated such
Closing Date and addressed to you, to the effect that:

          (i)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, at all times during
     which the Company has offered for sale franchises for the operation of
     video retail stores, the Company has been in compliance with all material
     requirements of all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the offer for
     sale or sale of franchises in all jurisdictions in which the Company has
     offered for sale or sold franchises for the operation of video retail
     stores.

          (ii) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, no litigation,
     arbitration or other proceeding (formal or informal) or investigation is
     pending, threatened or in prospect (or any basis therefor known to such
     counsel) against the Company related to the offer for sale or the sale of
     franchises for the operation of video retail stores, except such as
     individually or in the aggregate do not have and are not expected to have a
     material adverse effect upon the operations, business, property, assets or
     condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its subsidiaries,
     taken as a whole.

          (iii)     To the best of such counsel's knowledge, except for
     liabilities and obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business,
     and except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and Prospectus or
     such as individually or in the aggregate do not have and are not expected
     to have a material adverse effect upon the operations, business, property,
     assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its
     subsidiaries taken as a whole, there are no claims (absolute, accrued,
     contingent or otherwise) against the Company related to the offer for sale
     or the sale of franchises for the operation of a video retail store and the
     Company has not been charged with any violation of any state or other
     applicable law or administrative regulation in respect to the offer for
     sale or sale of such franchises.

          (iv) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, the statements in the
     Registration Statement under the captions "Risk Factors - Risks Associated
     with Franchise Operations" and "Business - Franchise Operations" insofar as
     such statements constitute statements of law, descriptions of statutes,
     rules or regulations or conclusions of law applicable to the offering and
     sale of franchises by the 

                                       23
<PAGE>

     Company, such statements fairly represent the information called for
     and are accurate and complete in all material respects.

          (g)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you, as
Representatives of the several Underwriters, such opinion or opinions from
Kaplan, Strangis & Kaplan, P.A., counsel for the several Underwriters, dated
such Closing Date and addressed to you, with respect to the formation of the
Company, the validity of the Securities, the Registration Statement, the
Prospectus and other related matters as you reasonably may request, and such
counsel shall have received such papers and information as they request to
enable them to pass upon such matters.

          (h)  On each Closing Date you, as Representatives of the several
Underwriters, shall have received a letter of Ernst & Young, LLP, dated such
Closing Date and addressed to you, confirming that they are independent public
accountants within the meaning of the Act and are in compliance with the
applicable requirements relating to the qualifications of accountants under
Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Commission, and stating, as of the date of
such letter (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since
the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the
Prospectus, as of a date not more than five days prior to the date of such
letter), the conclusions and findings of said firm with respect to the financial
information and other matters covered by its letter delivered to you
concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, and the effect of the letter
so to be delivered on such Closing Date shall be to confirm the conclusions and
findings set forth in such prior letter.

          (i)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you, as
Representatives of the Underwriters, a certificate, dated such Closing Date and
addressed to you, signed by the Chief Executive Officer, by the President and by
the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, to the effect that:

          (i)  The representations and warranties of the Company in this
     Agreement are true and correct, in all material respects, as if made at and
     as of such Closing Date, and the Company has complied with all the
     agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or
     satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date;

          (ii) No stop order or other order suspending the effectiveness of the
     Registration Statement or any amendment thereof or the qualification of the
     Securities for offering or sale has been issued, and no proceeding for that
     purpose has been instituted or, to the best of their knowledge, is
     contemplated by the Commission or any state or regulatory body; and

          (iii)     The signers of said certificate have carefully examined the
     Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and any amendments thereof or
     supplements thereto, and (A) such documents contain all statements and
     information required to be included therein, the Registration Statement, or
     any amendment thereof, does not

                                       24
<PAGE>

     contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
     material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
     statements therein not misleading, and the Prospectus, as amended or
     supplemented, does not include any untrue statement of material fact or
     omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in
     light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (B)
     since the effective date of the Registration Statement there has occurred
     no event required to be set forth in an amended or supplemented prospectus
     which has not been so set forth, (C) subsequent to the respective dates as
     of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the
     Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has incurred
     any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered
     into any material transactions, not in the ordinary course of business, or
     declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with
     respect to its capital stock, and except as disclosed in the Prospectus,
     there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than a change in
     the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock due to the issuance of
     shares upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants), or any
     material change in the short-term or long-term debt, or any issuance of
     options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights to purchase the
     capital stock, of the Company, or any of its subsidiaries, or any material
     adverse change or any development involving a prospective material adverse
     change (whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business), in the
     general affairs, condition (financial or otherwise), business, key
     personnel, property, prospects, net worth or results of operations of the
     Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (D) except as stated in
     the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there is not pending, or, to
     the knowledge of the Company, threatened or contemplated, any action, suit
     or proceeding to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party
     before or by any court or governmental agency, authority or body, or any
     arbitrator, which might result in any material adverse change in the
     condition (financial or otherwise), business, prospects or results of
     operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          (j)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you a
certificate or certificates, dated such Closing Date and addressed to you,
signed by each of the Selling Stockholders to the effect that the
representations and warranties of such Selling Stockholder contained in this
Agreement are true and correct as if made at and as of such Closing Date, and
that such Selling Stockholder has complied with all the agreements and satisfied
all the conditions on such Selling Stockholder's part to be performed or
satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date.

          (k)  The Securities to be sold by the Company and the Selling
Stockholders shall have been approved for designation subject to notice of
issuance, on the Nasdaq National Market Tier of the Nasdaq Stock Market.

                                       25
<PAGE>

          (l)  The Company shall have furnished to you and counsel for the
Underwriters such additional documents, certificates and evidence as you or they
may have reasonably requested.

          All such opinions, certificates, letters and other documents will be
in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are satisfactory in form
and substance to you and counsel for the Underwriters.  The Company will furnish
you with such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and other
documents as you shall reasonably request.

     6.   INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.

          (a)  The Company and each Selling Stockholder, jointly and severally,
agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses,
claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may
become subject, under the Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any
litigation if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the
Company, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement,
including the information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement at
the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A, if applicable, any Preliminary
Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any
document incorporated by reference in any of the foregoing, or arise out of or
are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending against
such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that neither
the Company nor any Selling Stockholder shall be liable in any such case to the
extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of or
is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or
alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus,
the Prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to the Company by you, or by any
Underwriter through you, specifically for use in the preparation thereof; and
further provided, however, that in no event shall any Selling Stockholder be
liable under the provisions of this Section 6 for any amount in excess of the
aggregate amount of proceeds such Selling Stockholder received from the sale of
the Securities pursuant to this Agreement.

          In addition to its other obligations under this Section 6(a), the
Company and each Selling Stockholder, jointly and severally, agree that, as an
interim measure during the pendency of any claim, action, investigation, inquiry
or other proceeding arising out of or based upon any statement or omission, or
any alleged statement or omission, described in this Section 6(a), they will
reimburse each Underwriter on a monthly basis for all reasonable legal fees or
other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such
claim, action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding, notwithstanding the
absence of a

                                       26
<PAGE>

judicial determination as to the propriety and enforceability of the Company's
and/or the Selling Stockholder's obligation to reimburse the Underwriters for
such expenses and the possibility that such payments might later be held to have
been improper by a court of competent jurisdiction.  To the extent that any such
interim reimbursement payment is so held to have been improper, the Underwriter
that received such payment shall promptly return it to the Company, together
with interest, compounded daily, determined on the basis of the prime rate (or
other commercial lending rate for borrowers of the highest credit standing)
announced from time to time by Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. (the "Prime Rate").
Any such interim reimbursement payments which are not made to an Underwriter
within 30 days of a request for reimbursement shall bear interest at the Prime
Rate from the date of such request.  This indemnity agreement shall be in
addition to any liabilities which the Company or the Selling Stockholders may
otherwise have.

          (b)  Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and
each Selling Stockholder against losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which
the Company and the Selling Stockholders may become subject, under the Act or
otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is
effected with the written consent of such Underwriter), insofar as such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or
are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material
fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the
Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based
upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,
in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement
or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any such
amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written
information furnished to the Company by you, or by such Underwriter through you,
specifically for use in the preparation thereof, and will reimburse the Company
and any such Selling Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending against
any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action.

          (c)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection
(a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified
party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the
indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in
writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the
indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability
that it may have to any indemnified party.  In case any such action shall be
brought against any indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying
party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to
participate in, and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other
indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with
counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the
indemnifying party to such indemnified party of the indemnifying party's
election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be
liable to such indemnified

                                       27
<PAGE>

party under such subsection for any legal or other expenses subsequently
incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other
than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that if, in the sole
judgment of the Representatives, it is advisable for the Underwriters to be
represented as a group by separate counsel, the Representatives shall have the
right to employ a single counsel to represent the Representatives and all
Underwriters who may be subject to liability arising from any claim in respect
of which indemnity may be sought by the Underwriters under subsection (a) of
this Section 6, in which event the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate
counsel shall be borne by the indemnifying party or parties and reimbursed to
the Underwriters as incurred (in accordance with the provisions of the second
paragraph in subsection (a) above).  An indemnifying party shall not be
obligated under any settlement agreement relating to any action under this
Section 6 to which it has not agreed in writing.

          (d)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is
unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under
subsection (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to
the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses,
claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above,
(i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits
received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the
Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the
allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in
such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits
referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and
the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in
connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling
Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed
to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before
deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders bear to
the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters,
in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus.  The
relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether
the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or
alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
Company, the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters and the parties' relevant
intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent
such untrue statement or omission.  The Company and the Underwriters agree that
it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this
subsection (d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even if the
Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method
of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations
referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d).  The amount paid by an
indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities
referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to
include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified
party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim
which is the subject of this subsection (d).  Notwithstanding the provisions of
this

                                       28
<PAGE>

subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in
excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities
underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public
exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been
required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission
or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within
the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from
any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The
Underwriters' obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in
proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

          (e)  The obligations of the Company under this Section 6 shall be in
addition to any liability which the Company and the Selling Stockholders may
otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each
person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act; and
the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 6 shall be in addition to
any liability that the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall
extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each director of the Company
(including any person who, with his consent, is named in the Registration
Statement as about to become a director of the Company), to each officer of the
Company who has signed the Registration Statement and to each person, if any,
who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act.

     7.   REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS TO SURVIVE DELIVERY.  All
representations, warranties, and agreements of the Company and the Selling
Stockholders herein or in certificates delivered pursuant hereto, and the
agreements of the several Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders
contained in Section 6 hereof, shall remain operative and in full force and
effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter
or any controlling person thereof, or the Company or any of its officers,
directors, or controlling persons or any Selling Stockholders, and shall survive
delivery of, and payment for, the Securities to and by the Underwriters
hereunder.

     8.   SUBSTITUTION OF UNDERWRITERS.

          (a)  If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail to take up and pay
for the amount of Firm Shares agreed by such Underwriter or Underwriters to be
purchased hereunder, upon tender of such Firm Shares in accordance with the
terms hereof, and the amount of Firm Shares not purchased does not aggregate
more than 10% of the total amount of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II
hereto, the remaining Underwriters shall be obligated to take up and pay for (in
proportion to their respective underwriting obligations hereunder as set forth
in Schedule II hereto except as may otherwise be determined by you) the Firm
Shares that the withdrawing or defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to
purchase.

          (b)  If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail to take up and pay
for the amount of Firm Shares agreed by such Underwriter or Underwriters to be
purchased

                                       29
<PAGE>

hereunder, upon tender of such Firm Shares in accordance with the terms hereof,
and the amount of Firm Shares not purchased aggregates more than 10% of the
total amount of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto, and arrangements
satisfactory to you for the purchase of such Firm Shares by other persons are
not made within 36 hours thereafter, this Agreement shall terminate.  In the
event of any such termination the Company shall not be under any liability to
any Underwriter (except to the extent provided in Section 4(a)(viii), Section
4(b)(ii) and Section 6 hereof) nor shall any Underwriter (other than an
Underwriter who shall have failed, otherwise than for some reason permitted
under this Agreement, to purchase the amount of Firm Shares agreed by such
Underwriter to be purchased hereunder) be under any liability to the Company or
the Selling Stockholders (except to the extent provided in Section 6 hereof).

          If Firm Shares to which a default relates are to be purchased by the
non-defaulting Underwriters or by any other party or parties, the
Representatives or the Company shall have the right to postpone the First
Closing Date for not more than seven business days in order that the necessary
changes in the Registration Statement, Prospectus and any other documents, as
well as any other arrangements, may be effected.  As used herein, the term
"Underwriter" includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this
Section 8.

     9.   EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT AND TERMINATION.

          (a)  This Agreement shall become effective at 10:00 a.m., Minneapolis
time, on the first full business day following the effective date of the
Registration Statement, or at such earlier time after the effective time of the
Registration Statement as you in your discretion shall first release the
Securities for sale to the public; provided, that if the Registration Statement
is effective at the time this Agreement is executed, this Agreement shall become
effective at such time as you in your discretion shall first release the
Securities for sale to the public.  For the purpose of this Section, the
Securities shall be deemed to have been released for sale to the public upon
release by you of the publication of a newspaper advertisement relating thereto
or upon release by you of telexes offering the Securities for sale to securities
dealers, whichever shall first occur.  By giving notice as hereinafter specified
before the time this Agreement becomes effective, you, as Representatives of the
several Underwriters, or the Company may prevent this Agreement from becoming
effective without liability of any party to any other party, except that the
provisions of Section 4(a)(viii), Section 4(b)(ii) and Section 6 hereof shall at
all times be effective.

          (b)  You, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, shall have
the right to terminate this Agreement by giving notice as hereinafter specified
at any time at or prior to the First Closing Date, and the option referred to in
Section 3(b), if exercised, may be cancelled at any time prior to the Second
Closing Date, if (i) the Company shall have failed, refused or been unable, at
or prior to such Closing Date, to perform any agreement on its part to be
performed hereunder, (ii) any other condition of the Underwriters'

                                       30
<PAGE>

obligations hereunder is not fulfilled, (iii) trading on the New York Stock
Exchange or the American Stock Exchange or in the National Market system or
over-the-counter market by the NASD shall have been wholly suspended,
(iv) minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum
ranges for prices for securities shall have been required, on the New York Stock
Exchange or the American Stock Exchange or in the national market system or
over-the-counter market by the NASD by such exchange or by order of the
Commission or any other governmental authority having jurisdiction, (v) a
banking moratorium shall have been declared by Federal, New York or Minnesota
authorities, or (vi) there has occurred any material adverse change in the
financial markets in the United States or an outbreak of major hostilities (or
an escalation thereof) in which the United States is involved, a declaration of
war by Congress, any other substantial national or international calamity or any
other event or occurrence of a similar character shall have occurred since the
execution of this Agreement that, in your judgment, makes it impractical or
inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the sale of and payment for the
Securities.  Any such termination shall be without liability of any party to any
other party except that the provisions of Section 4(a)(viii), Section (4)(b)(ii)
and Section 6 hereof shall at all times be effective.

          (c)  If you elect to prevent this Agreement from becoming effective or
to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section, the Company and the
Selling Stockholders shall be notified promptly by you by telephone or telegram,
confirmed by letter.  If the Company elects to prevent this Agreement from
becoming effective you and the Selling Stockholders shall be notified by the
Company by telephone or telegram, confirmed by letter.

     10.  DEFAULT BY ONE OR MORE OF THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS OR THE COMPANY.  If
one or both of the Selling Stockholders shall fail at the First Closing Date to
sell and deliver the number of Securities which such Selling Stockholder or
Selling Stockholders are obligated to sell hereunder then the Underwriters may
at your option, by notice from you to the Company and the non-defaulting Selling
Stockholder, either (a) terminate this Agreement without any liability on the
part of any non-defaulting party or (b) elect to purchase the Securities which
the Company and the non-defaulting Selling Stockholder have agreed to sell
hereunder.

     In the event of a default by any Selling Stockholder as referred to in this
Section, either you or the Company or, the non-defaulting Selling Stockholder
shall have the right to postpone the First Closing Date for a period not
exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration
Statement or Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements.

     If the Company shall fail at the First Closing Date to sell and deliver the
number of Securities which it is obligated to sell hereunder, then this
Agreement shall terminate without any liability on the part of any non-
defaulting party.


                                       31
<PAGE>


     No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve the Company or any
Selling Stockholders so defaulting from liability, if any, in respect of such
default.

     11.  INFORMATION FURNISHED BY UNDERWRITERS.  The statements set forth in
the last paragraph of the cover page and under the caption "Underwriting" in any
Preliminary Prospectus and in the Prospectus constitute the written information
furnished by or on behalf of the Underwriters referred to in Section 2 and
Section 6 hereof.

     12.  NOTICES.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all communications
hereunder shall be in writing or by telegraph and, if to the Underwriters, shall
be mailed, telegraphed or delivered to the Representatives c/o Piper Jaffray
Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower, 222 South Ninth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
(except that notices given to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 6 hereof shall
be sent to such Underwriter at the address stated in the Underwriters'
Questionnaire furnished by such Underwriter in connection with this offering),
with a copy to Kaplan, Strangis and Kaplan, P.A., 5500 Norwest Center, 90 South
Seventh Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, Attention:  James C. Melville; if
to the Company, shall be mailed, telegraphed or delivered to it at Video Update,
Inc., 3100 World Trade Center, 30 East 7th Street, St. Paul, Minnesota 55101-
4913 Attention:  Daniel A. Potter with a copy to O'Connor, Broude & Aronson, 950
Winter Street, Suite 2300, Waltham, Massachusetts 02154, Attention:  Lawrence H.
Gennari, if to any Selling Stockholder, at the address set forth above for the
Company or in each case to such other address as the person to be notified may
have requested in writing.  All notices given by telegram shall be promptly
confirmed by letter.  Any party to this Agreement may change such address for
notices by sending to the parties to this Agreement written notice of a new
address for such purpose.

     13.  PERSONS ENTITLED TO BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns and the controlling persons, officers and directors
referred to in Section 6.  Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be
construed to give to any other person, firm or corporation any legal or
equitable remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision
herein contained.  The term "successors and assigns" as herein used shall not
include any purchaser, as such purchaser, of any of the Securities from any of
the several Underwriters.

     13.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota.


                                       32
<PAGE>


          Please sign and return to the Company the enclosed duplicates of this
letter whereupon this letter will become a binding agreement between the
Company, the and the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

                              Very truly yours,

                              VIDEO UPDATE, INC.


                              By:
                                  ---------------------------------------
                              Daniel A. Potter
                              Its Chairman and Chief
                              Executive Officer



                              SELLING STOCKHOLDERS


                              --------------------------------------
                                    Daniel A. Potter


                              --------------------------------------
                                    John M. Bedard


Confirmed as of the date first
above mentioned, on behalf of
themselves and the other several
Underwriters named in Schedule
II hereto.


                              PIPER JAFFRAY INC.



                              By
                                 -----------------------------------

                              THE ROBINSON-HUMPHREY COMPANY, INC.



                              By
                                 ------------------------------------


                                       33


<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE I

                              Selling Stockholders


                                      Number of
                                      Firm Shares
Name                                  to be Sold
- ----                                 -------------
Daniel A. Potter                        270,000

John M. Bedard                          150,000
                                     ------------
                                        420,000



                                       34
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE II


                                                    Number of
Underwriter                                       Firm Shares (1)
- -----------                                       ---------------























                                                  ---------------

          Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
                                                  ---------------
                                                  ---------------
- ----------------

(1)  The Underwriters may purchase up to an additional      Option Shares, to
     the extent the option described in Section 3 of the Agreement is exercised,
     in the proportions and in the manner described in the Agreement.


                                       35

<PAGE>

                              O'CONNOR, BROUDE & ARONSON
                                   ATTORNEYS AT LAW
                           THE BAY COLONY CORPORATE CENTER
                             ROUTE 128 AND WINTER STREET,
                            950 WINTER STREET, SUITE 2300
                             WALTHAM, MASSACHUSETTS 02154   

                                                         FACSIMILE:617-890-9261
                                         ____

                                     617-890-6600


                                  July 11, 1996


Board of Directors
Video Update, Inc.
3100 World Trade Center
30 East Seventh Street
St. Paul, Minnesota 55101

                               Re:  VIDEO UPDATE, INC.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

    This firm has acted as corporate counsel to Video Update, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (hereinafter called the "Company"), in connection with the proposed
public offering described below.

    In our capacity as corporate counsel to the Company, we are familiar with 
the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated, of the Company and 
the Bylaws, as amended, of the Company.  We are also familiar with the 
corporate proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the preparation 
and filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (the "Registration 
Statement") covering (1) a public offering by the Company through Piper 
Jaffray Inc. and The Robinson-Humphrey Company, Inc. (the "Underwriters") of 
5,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (the 
"Class A Common Stock") and (2) 825,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, which 
may be sold by the Underwriters to cover over-allotments.

    On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the shares of
Class A Common Stock to be sold by the Underwriters have been duly authorized,
and upon the sale thereof as described in the Registration Statement, such
securities will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

    This opinion is provided solely for the benefit of the addressee hereof and
is not to be relied upon by any other person or party.  Nevertheless, we hereby
consent to the use of this opinion and to all references to our firm in or made
part of the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.



                                            Very truly yours,

                                            O'CONNOR, BROUDE & ARONSON



                                            By: /s/ Lawrence H. Gennari
                                                ---------------------------
                                                Lawrence H. Gennari

LHG:jac
c: Daniel A. Potter, Chief Executive Officer

<PAGE>

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions "Selected 
Financial Data" and "Experts" and to the use of our report dated June 12, 
1996, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Video Update, 
Inc. included in the Registration Statement (Form S-3) and related Prospectus 
of Video Update, Inc. for the registration of 6,325,000 shares of its common 
stock.


                                       /s/ Ernst & Young LLP


Minneapolis, Minnesota
July 10, 1996





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission